ic
co;
6   il||:OC i|:'     g




;q",'fc'


I I,,.,,.910: "'


1/   1
IsI'   ^  [
fel (1,,


InJmemory of
'STEPHAE,.- SPA [,lDING 
ITnC (~ >C/IAJJ!f c c u!
tTNIVEBRSITYOF MICHI1QAN



- I
t-3 
0 G5 F.:




I




The Master Planter
or
Life in the Cane
Fields of Hawaii


By
JAMES W. GIRVIN
WITH NOTES BY
LEVERETT H. MESICK
HONOLULU. HAWAII:
PRESS OF THE HAWAIIAN GAZETTE CO., LTD.
1910








COPYRIGHT 1910
my THE HAWAIIAN GAZETTE COMPANY
LIMITED




CONTENTS.
PAGE
DEDICATION......                                  ii
POSTHUMOUS (Introduction)                                        ix
CHAPTER.
I. A New Home in a New Country, and the Introduction
of the Hero.......    I
II.  California in "The Days of Old, the Days of Gold, the
Days of Forty-Nine"......    5
III.  San Francisco, Like Rome, Sits Proudly Upon Her
Hills.........    8
IV.   Off for the Islands-Sight of Diamond Head Compensates
for an Uncomfortable Voyage....   I
V.   Honolulu as it was in Days of Yore-Grass Houses and
Many Things That Would be Curios Now..    15
VI.   "Kansas" is Busy Investigating the Business Possibilities
-Lively Times in the Days of the Whaler Man.   I9
VII.   Honolulu and the Churches of the Old Days-Our Hero
Again at Sea, but Alone.....   24
VIII.   Lahaina, the Former Capital of the Kingdom-Mbre Discouragements for the Man From Kansas..   27
IX.   Iao, the Yosemite of the Islands-Derivation of the
Hawaiian Word for Law-Wailuku and its Definition........            33
X.   At Wailuku "Kansas" is Advised to "Keep on Trying"
in Spite of the Disheartening Outlook..   36
XI.   The Missionaries Had Trouble too-Our Hero Has
Work at Last, but as "Shipped Man"...   38
XII.   Sociability on the Plantation and at Church-"And He
Proves to be a Jewel"-"Kansas" Making Headway 46
XIII.   Some Interesting Details of Plantation Work-The Entrancing Haleakala Trip and What it Reveals.   51
iii




iv


Contents.


PAGE
XIV.    Phases of Plantation Life-Native Language and LoreNative Divisions of Land-Dyestuffs Used by the
Hawaiians.......            58
XV.    More Hawaiian Lore-Land Tenure-Tabu System-Primitive Tools and Patient Labor-Where Fell the
Chivalry of Hawaii......   63
XVI.    The Hawaiians: Whence Came They and the Flora of
Their Islands?-Their Knowledge of Medicine and
Surgery.......            68
XVII.    Hawaiian Hospitality and Customs-Pageantry of a
Royal Tour Around the Island of Oahu..   72
XVIII.    The Transformation of "Kansas"-From "Shipped Man"
to Plantation Manager in Eleven Months..   85
XIX.    Hawaii Leads the World in Scientific Sugar Cane Cultivation.......            89
XX.    The New Manager Makes Innovations that Startle the
Silurians.......            95
XXI.    Treating of the One-Time Contract Labor Conditions on
the Sugar Plantations.....   98
XXII.    Our Hero Has a Name at Last-and an Old-Time Friend
Appears with Abundant Capital....   102
XXIII.    Madam   Takes a Native Maiden Into Her Household,
and Has an Interesting Character Study..   07
XXIV.     Madam   Interests Herself in the Natives, and Learns
Many of Their Peculiarities....
XXV.     The H-appy Marriage of Kamaka Is Followed by, Alas, a
Too Frequent Sequel-Piquancy of Native Cooking 112
XXVI.     Mrs. Breed Learns How to Prepare and Preserve the
Many Delicious Native Fruits....  I6
XXVII.     Madam Embellishes Her Home With Native Curios that
Attract the Charmed Attention of Visitors..   20
XXVIII.     The  Once Obscure "Kansas"      Becomes Owner and
Manager of an Immense Sugar Estate..  I23
XXIX.     Capital and   Labor as Yokefellows-A      Cooperative
Scheme that Worked-Christ Quoted...   26
XXX.     Fascinating Small Farming Applied to a Big PlantationWheat, Corn, Potatoes, Butter, Chickens, Honey.  I29




Contents.


v


PAGE
XXXI.    "And of All That Thou Shalt Give Me I Will Surely
Give the Tenth Unto Thee."-Gen. 28:22..   131
XXXII.    The Baleful Effects of Alcohol on the Native-The Olla
a Temperance Aid......   135
XXXIII.    The Telephone Publicly Used on Maui Before It Became
General in the United States....  I38
XXXIV.     The Primal Curse Applied to Cane Culture-Manufacturing and Marketing the Sugar....   40
XXXV.     Native Labor Becoming Scarce, Experiments With Many
Peoples Were Made-A Political Review..   44
XXXVI.     The Chinese and Their Relation to Hawaii-Vices and
Virtues of This People.....   I48
XXXVII.     A Resume of the History of the Hawaiian Islands —
From the Rise to the Fall of the Monarchy..   151
XXXVIII.     Our Hero in Review Again-Experiments With Electricity-Mention  of Noble Men and Women of
Hawaii........   155
XXXIX.     The Silver Wedding of the Breeds Was Celebrated by
a Luau and Hookupu of Grand Proportions..   I59
XL.    The I-Iawaiian Language-Its Lack of Harsh Consonants
Makes It Easily Adaptable to Music...  I65
XLI.    The Education of Children in the Hawaiian IslandsAn Original Perplexing Question Well Solved.   I70
XLII.    Religion of the Early Hawaiians and Why the People
Were Ready to Receive Christianity-Evidence of
Early Civilization......   178
XLIII.   Debasement and Decimation of Hawaiians Due to White
Refuse of Civilization Who Preceded Missionaries I8o
XLIV.    Life in Hawaii and What It Stands for to People Who
Call the Islands "Home".....   83
XLV.    Metal Being Unknown to the Ancient Hawaiians, the
Art of Weaving Entered Into Their Every Utility I9I
XLVI.    A Brief History of the Sugar Industry of the Hawaiian
Islands-Sugar Cane Indigenous to the Soil..   194


L'ENvoI.


197




I




DEDICATION.
This book is most respectfully dedicated to the memory of the
late Honorable Paul Isenberg.
A man who rose from the ranks in the cultivation of sugar on
the Hawaiian Islands. A man whose broad sympathies reached
out to the laborer of every nationality, and whose hand was always
open to assist any one in distress. A man for whom the Hawaiians had the greatest respect and veneration, and who did
much for their advancement by his example, assistance and advice.
A man of that Teutonic race which will eventually dominate the
globe from its inherent love of and maintenance of the purity of
their homes and their observance of the Sabbath day.
THE AUTHOR.








POSTHUMOUS.
In the year 1906, Mr. James W. Girvin was Librarian for
the Hawaiian Gazette Company. Through my connection
with the same company, I became well acquainted with Mr.
Girvin, and he unfolded to me, at divers times, a mind stored
brimful of useful knowledge. Any leisure moment I had I
considered well spent in converse with him, especially upon
affairs Hawaiian, of which he was a veritable walking encyclopedia. At that time he was working on the closing
chapters of "The Master Planter," and through our intimacy
I learned much of his ideas and aims in regard to the book;
and evidently won his confidence, for he submitted the manuscript to me for criticism and correction from a typographical
standpoint.
The press work upon the book was well under way at the
time of Mr. Girvin's accidental death from drowning on the
11th of December, 1906. Of course, the work came to a
sudden standstill then. Later it was decided to publish the
book, following Mr. Girvin's known ideas in regard to it as
closely as possible-and a large package of proofsheets and
manuscript, just as Mr. Girvin had left it, was entrusted to
me for disentanglement and completion. I found the closing
words had not been written, or if written were not foundso I have supplied them.
A surprisingly large number of books have been published
with something Hawaiian for subject matter-generally indicative of a wide-spread romantic interest in these "Isles
of the Blest." Mr. Girvin's "The Master Planter," on the
ix




X


Posthumous.


contrary, may be regarded as an antonym to romantic-exact,
historical, unadorned.
It seems almost incredible that so much information could
be crowded into a given space as appears in this book, and
the continuity of the plot not be irreparably broken.  In
breaking the story up into chapters and giving them headlines, I am aware that limp justice has been done, for a single
caption could not well cover more than a single paragraph
in many cases-as one umbrella makes a miserable mess of
covering more than one person in a rainstorm. The story in
its entirety strikes me as a delightful pot-pourri, some new
fragrance being encountered at almost every turn.  There is
something in the story for everyone. It is an encyclopedia
of things Hawaiian; cross-indexed it would be almost invaluable as a hand-book of Hawaii.
The hero of the story is a composite character, exemplifying the sterling worth of the pioneers to Hawaii, who made
of it the most advanced cane sugar producing country in
the world.   Mr. Girvin made the story of "The Master
Planter" the vehicle for conveying to the public a great fund
of useful information that he had gathered in many years of
keen observation. The dedication is his.
A composite character-yes, but the trait given to "Kansas" of acquiring so much diversified knowledge of the people and the country, will very well fit the author himself.
Nearly four years have elapsed since Mr. Girvin's death,
and in that space of time kaleidoscopic changes have taken
place in affairs Hawaiian. Ordinarily, a book written four
or more years ago about Hawaii would need rewriting now.
Not so with "The Master Planter," however; its statements
remain facts, and will have the same abiding value as has a
standard encyclopedia.
LEVERETT H. MESICK.


Honolulu, 1910.




THE MASTER PLANTER
CHAPTER I
A NEW HOME IN A NEW COUNTRY, AND TIIE INTRODUCTION OF
TIHE HERO.
A  WAY back in the early sixties, in a little cabin in one of the
ravines leading into Grass Valley, Nevada County, California, there lived a small family, the history of the head
of which it is the intention to relate in the following chapters.
Our hero had come from Kansas, and the miners, addicted to
giving nicknames, had dubbed him "Kansas" from his hailing
from that State; but in reality he had lived there only five years,
having emigrated from the northern part of the State of New
York.  He was a tall, dark-whiskered man of thoughtful mien
and reflective mood, while his wife was a sprightly little lady
of a most cheerful disposition.  The young couple had a child
born to them in Wiclhita, but the little girl sickened and died,
and the parents felt that Kansas could no longer be home to
them, so they turned their faces westward.  They had accumulated a little sum of money, and could have done well enough but
for the spirit of unrest which took possession of them after "the
light of the household" had gone out.  They had a friend in
Grass Valley whose glowing description of California, and
especially of that region, determined them to cast in their fortunes
and grow up with the State.
Aftcr a long and weary journey from the end of the then
uncompllete(l railroad they arrived at their goal.  Their friend
was not to be found, he having drifted after the ignis-fatuus of
rich reports in a listant field, as so many of the miners (lid. The
surroun(ling country pleased them, and at this season was covered
with innumerable species of wild flowers such as they had never
seen in the east. Although an horticulturist by study and profession he saw colors such as he had never seen before. Brown,




2


The Master Planter; or


green, and drab lilies growing wild, yuccas ten feet high covered
with a cloud of iridescent bells, flowers whose brilliancy could
be matched nowhere on this mundane sphere, and the whole surface of the undulating country clothed with a carpet of small
flowers to even name which would require chapters.  The climate was invigorating and the scenery grand beyond description.
They decided to settle there.  His occupation had been that of
gardener, and he quickly determined that there was more money
to be made in supplying the various neighboring mining camps
with vegetables than in gold digging, and the income would be
more certain.
An old man who had acquired a large tract of land was pleased
to give him as much as he would cultivate for a nominal share of
the products. A rough little shanty, abutting a ridge, went with
the claim and was to be their future home.  It was sheltered
beneath the umbrageous branches of one of the grand old liveoaks which dotted the plain and hillsides.  H-ere the young
couple proceeded to make their home with as much cheerfulness
and unanimity as the birds which built their nests amidst the
leaves of the perennial tree which covered them. Little by little
they gathered around them the necessities of life and for home
comfort.  Women were comparatively scarce in that part, and
many of the miners made a detour from the highway, nominally
to ask for a drink of water, but in reality to see the little birdnest with the Eastern robin in it.
Quite a number of the miners succeeded in obtaining the privilege of taking their meals at Madam's table, for which they gladly
paid fifty per cent. more than they could have lived for at the mill
boarding house. During the summer the table was spread under
the shelter of the shady live-oak branches, and by winter a fine
commodious addition had been added to the house. The homemade bread, butter, and buttermilk were luxuries to be had nowhere else, and the refining influence of a good woman was appreciated by those who were permitted to enroll themselves as of
"Kansas's" household. His cows, chickens, eggs and gardentruck had a market limited only by the supply he was able to
produce. HIe found the soil to be excellent, and that everything
planted produced abundantly.  By hauling some of the pulverized tailings from the mill and spreading it on the adobe soil he
supplied to that clay its corrective, and the yield of beets, onions,
potatoes and vegetables was something marvelous.  Some of his




Life in the Cane Fields of Hawaii.


3


mangel wurtzel beets, planted for cow feed, weighed more than
150 lbs., and pumpkins grew so thickly that it was possible to
walk over a field by stepping from one pumpkin to another.
There were some drawbacks, however, in the form of vermin.
The air teemed with birds and insects and the ground had its
myria(ls of gophers and squirrels, while from the plain came up
the cotton-tail and the jack-rabbit to devour anything green. His
strawberries, raspberries and other small fruit were preyed upon
by the quail, catbirds and others, whilst his melons were sought
after by badgers and other quadrupeds.  Deer frequently came
down at night and revelled in his corn and cereals.
Game was plentiful, and grizzly and brown bear threatened not only to lecimate his pig-pen and calf-yard and honeystanls, but to make life a burden.  Indians straggling through
tlhe country frightened Mladam, but were harmless.  The table
was rarely without venison, quail, pheasant or other game. The
mliners united with "]Kansas" inI pursuing the bears, mountain
lions and fur-bearing fere, and they became somewhat scarcer.
IMa(dam was sorry sometimes to see the song birds destroyed, but
self protection is the first law of nature.  In the early mornings,
andl at even, the air would be redolent with harmony from innumerablle meadow larks and thrushes. Every bush in the chap)aral on the hillsides had its colony of bird life.
IThe lonn  talble out of doors was frequently surrounded with
men. who, judlged by their rough alppearance, were Ali Baba's
f(orty thlieves, wllile from their conversation, \wlich was extremely
elif\yin, tlheir antece(lellts could 1le (liscerne(l.  Naturally, from
their occulpation as miners, geology and the origin an(l formation
of the glob(e was frequently the theme of dlelate and conjecture.
Still there was no sublject which was not (liscusse(l.  Sonetimes
p)olitics was introduced, to the (lisgust of Madam, as that subject
led to wrangles from which neither edification nor profit was to
lbe (obtained. Tle men were fronm different parts of the East and
naturally disagreed.  Some were Southerners, one of them havinlg broughlt two slaves with him who were regularly paying him
their wages on a promise of emancipation on receipt of the cost of
bringing them out and to their value as estimated at home.
"Kansas" had been one of tlle radicals in his late place of residenlce. and it is well understood that in tlie State of Kansas there
is to be found no one who does not take an active interest in
everything pertaining to politics. The throes at the birth of that




4                  The Master Planter.
State had threatened to dismember the Union, and the war which
was then raging was considered one of the outcomes of it.
Madam almost decided to discontinue keeping boarders, and
eventually succeeded in reducing the number to a few who could
control themselves in the heat of political debate. Their Chinese
cook and laborers appeared to be thoroughly at home in this
strange land, and when Madam undertook to give them lessons in
English on Sunday afternoons she had a class which appreciated
her kindness.




CHAPTER II
CALIFORNIA IN "THE DAYS OF OLD, THE DAYS OF GOLD, THE DAYS
OF FORTY-NINE.
CALIFORNIA, covering ten degrees of latitude, has surprised
the people of the United States not only in its mineral resources, but in the fertility of its soil and the exuberance
of thought of its inhabitants. Within those ten degrees of latitude, which by the way have proven in the Old World to have
contained the cradle of the human race, and today hold the ruins
of the world's earliest civilization, can be found a greater variety
of the fauna and flora of the globe than in any other part.
The appreciation which the early settlers had of its marvelous
climate, scenery and possibilities was indelibly stamped on it by
the manner in which they named different localities.  We find
Paradise, Banner, Golden Gate, Silver City, Loveland, Woodland, Greenville, Bloody Gulch, Dead Horse, Grizzly Flat,
Antioch, Acme, etc., etc., and the earlier Spanish settlers used up
the whole calendar of Saints in naming the different points and
localities in this great State, and finally in despair at the paucity
of the calendar dubbed a bay Todos Santos (all Saints). Rough
men, made hardier still through their contact with the Plutonic
rocks from which they obtained the auriferous metals, named
many places in accord with some obstacle which attracted their
attention, as Whiskeyville, Dead Man's Gulch, Eureka, Sacramento, etc.
Drawn thither by the prospect of acquiring speedy wealth
from mining, people of all grades of intellectual culture and from
every nation under the sun can be found.  It was a common
thing to find men who could speak many languages as well as
men wh1o were conversant with the classics. Although a little
book of fifty-two leaves was the most common, the man who
found his intellectual treat in the Bible, Shakespeare, Horace,
Virgil, or some of the scientific works was freely met with. All
appeared equally rough, and it was only on close inspection that
the diamond was discovered.  Rough in appearance, wild in




6


The lMaster Planter; or


action, and coming from different parts of the States and of the
world, still men of similar thought and inclinations naturally
drifted together, as the magnet will draw particles of iron from
sand made up of grains of disintegrated rocks of every class.
Men of every profession and trade made up the army which
crossed the plains in search for gold. Amongst them there naturally predominated those who had followed farming or manual
labor.  These were observant of the natural facility of the soil
to produce crops, and also of the ready market for the products.
The claims made by the Spaniards prevented much of the land
from being acquired by these agriculturists, but little by little
many little holdings were acquired and small orchards and gardens began to be cultivated.
Our hero's small ranch appeared like an oasis in a desert, for
California in the dry season has a most desolate and burnt-up
appearance. He had brought out a small stream from the cafon
(or canyon) above the premises, and all shrubbery and trees as
well as the vegetables planted by him throve remarkably from the
supplied water.
"iKansas" had excavated a cellar into the hillside, against which
the house abutted, and had put down a drive well therein from
which a deliciously pure water was obtained.  Having procured
an olla, one of those earthern vessels which the Spaniards had
introduced into the country, and which the Indians made from
clay and carried about for sale, and which on account of its
porosity materially aided in cooling the water, he hung it to a
limb of the live-oak.  Thirsty travelers from all directions debouched from the main road to get a drink of this cooling water,
and( gra(lually the place became so central that when necessity
for establishing a postoffice was felt, "Kansas" station was fixed
upon as the most convenient for the miners in that whole region.
Our young couple prospered in every way, and not only made
money from their own exertions, but, having grub-staked several
prospectors, "Kansas" was fortunate in being able to sell out of
several claims to good advantage. The healthiness of the climate
was remarked, and they had enjoyed life as much as could be exFected from the isolation Madam was compelled to endure.  To
make money alone was not the height of their ambition, and
"Kansas" did not feel that it was justice to his wife to seclude
ller in a mountain camp.  After four years residence in Grass
Valley he determined to move to San Francisco.  During their




Life in the Cane Fields of Hawaii.          7
residence in the mountains a boy and a girl had been born to
them, which materially added to the mother's cares.  He had
acquired the quarter section, which he first rented from the old
ranch owner, and now disposed of his holdings and the fine site
for a good round sum.   His intention was to either establish
himself as a florist in San Francisco or engage as a scenic gardener with some of the wealthy nabobs of that metropolis.




CHAPTER III
SAN FRANCISCO, LIKE ROME, SITS PROUDLY UPON HER HILLS.*
6 6    ANSAS" had made a study of the science of agriculture
from the best works to be obtained, and was thoroughly
familiar with the requisities of different soils in the matter of correctives, manures, and fertilizers.  Being farmer-born
he appreciated the lectures at the agricultural college he had attended, and during his practice of several years in Kansas and in
California he had the opportunity of testing many of the teachings he had received and also of watching his own experiments.
He knew that for the best results from planting it was as necessary that plants should have their proper plant food as that animals should have food that would digest.  Also, that it was as
requisite that this food should have reached its correct stage of
fermentation to promote assimilation before being absorbed by
the rootlets of the various plant-life.
Being somewhat of an artist and designer, he had drawn many
plans of flower gardens adapted to the embellishment of homes of
lovers of beauty in that line. Some of the colored designs which
his portfolio contained were models of carpet gardening, labyrinthine walks bordered with vari-colored plants, which enclosed
beds of brilliant flowers.  Mlany happy hours he and his wife
spent in designing parterres of beautiful flowers, grasses, border
plants, etc.  This was done as mluch for pastime as to have on
hand a collection of designs or patterns as guides in selecting the
most appropriate for different situations.  One of his ambitions
was to obtain the supervisorship of some large grounds where,
with a free hand, he might make a showing of what esthetic cul* She '"sat,'' for a large part of the city of San Francisco, including
practically all of the business portion, was destroyed by earthquake and
fire following it on the 18th and 19th of April, 1906. A monetary loss
of $400,,000000 was caused; and many human lives were lost, the exact
number will never be known. Phmnix-like the city has risen from its
ashes, and now, 1910, in about four and one-half years after its destruction, is better built than the old city was.




Life inl the Cane Fields of Hawaii.


9


ture could effect.  He did not overlook the immense market
which the love of the masses for cut flowers and potted plants afforded, but kept that in the background, as it were, as a matter
of secondary consideration.
Arrived in San Francisco he proceeded to endeavor to enlist
some of the wealthy property owners in a scheme to ornament
their homes, he to undertake the supervision of a number of such.
He recognized the natural possibilities of the city, on account of
its being built on many hills, for ornamental gardening.  Although the soil of the sand dunes of the whole peninsula on
which the city was built was poor, that was a matter which might
easily be corrected; and the lay of the land was much better for
scenic effect than would be that of a level country. After meeting many of the property holders and showing them his plans he
found, and was surprised at it, that so few cared for the matter,
and all were satisfie(l with such slight improvements as their
wives mllight make. A few gave him encouragement, and thought
such a scheme of co(Iperating in maintaining a trained gardener
as somewhat in advance of the present system,-but there were
not enough to warrant his undertaking the work.
I-e abandoned the idea, and turned his attention to establishing
a gardlen, one of the New Jersey style of florists' gardens, wherein
he could raise flowers and potted plants for sale.  On looking
into this field, however, he found that it was pretty well worked
and the city fairly supplied.  Real estate and rents were high
and hie could not locate himself.  Turning his attention to the
humble yet lucrative work of raising vegetalles for the market,
ihe found this was very largely (lone by Italians on the outskirts
of the city as well as by farmers on the Sacramento and San
Joaquin rivers, great quantities coming in by steamers every
morning. WVithout much capital he knew he could not compete
in supplying the city markets, and he would be again burying his
wife in the country.
Tle then turned his attention to other means of providing for
his family, and in his peregrinations became quite familiar with
the geography of the city and its environments.  He tramped
over Russ Till. viewed the city from Telegraph Hill and Black
Point, and imade the tour of the Presidio and Fort Point.  No
observing person can survey San Francisco and its noble bay
and fine waterways without arriving at the conclusion that it will
be the theatre of an immense commercial future.  Looking at it




10


The Master Planter.


from an artistic standpoint, there is no part of the world that is
more beautiful.  From Telegraph Hill, as the observer turns on
a pivot, the vista, on a clear day, is truly magnificent.
Apparently the atmosphere of central California is as pure as
in any region on the face of the globe, for the eye can discern
points at great distances. San lFrancisco has been endowed with
many advantages, and if man will only make use of them it will
assuredly be the center of commerce which will control the trade
of the countries which border on the Pacific.  The great freshwater ways flowing towards it will force on her the wealth of the
immense agricultural provinces watered by them. The great numbers of men who were attracted to the State by the discovery of
gold, were largely composed of men from the rural walks of life.
These quickly discerned the great wealth the State had in her
agricultural lands, and soon abandoned the search for the auriferous metals.
Many of the large Spanish grants were subdivided and the
cattle driven off, and the lands turned into orchards, vineyards
and farms.  In early days most of the foodstuffs was brought
around the Horn, or from Chili, or the islands of the Pacific. In
a few years the Eastern immiigrants had fQodstuffs to export, and
agriculture began to vie with mining for the first place.
Grand as was the outlook for the future city, our hero tried in
vain to place hinlself. In his travels or tramps along the waterfront he frequently saw vessels discharging cargoes of sugar and
molasses, and tropical fruits, from the Sandwich Islands, and
talked with the officers about the prospects there for a working
man. Althoughl he received but little encouragemlent from then,
he concluded that a country which produced such large quantities
of sugar might be made to yield a living, at least, to a couple who
were willing to work.
[Ie and his wife made as much of a study of the Islands as
was possible from the few descriptive works on Hlawaii to be
found in the public libraries, and deci(led to go there and try their
fortunes.  It was a leap in the dark, but they had ample means
to return if the country should not prove satisfactory.




CHAPTER IV
OFF FOR THIE ISLANDS-SIGIT OF DIAMOND HEAD COMPENSATES
FOR AN UNCOMFORTABLE VOYAGE.
O save their little hoard they resolved to economize in every
way, and to that end engaged passage in the steerage on
a small bark which made regular trips to the port of Honolulu. They had never traveled on the sea before, and looked forward to the trip as to a I)icnic when one camps out for a season.
They laid in a little stock of provisions and comforts, and took
up their quarters on board the evening before the vessel was to
sail. Early in the morning the vessel was towe(l to sea, and after
the bar was crossed they began to realize the immnensity of the
ocean. Their (quarters were rude and uncomfortable; it was cold
an(l miserable, and, to add to the discomfort, all four were
wretchedly seasick. The great strong man seemed to be the most
affected, and( could not help his family.  Fortunately, a kindly
lady in the cabin, wlho was an islander, a daughter of a missionarv, and a good sailor, had noticed the children and devoted herself to their comfort.
PFor three dlays the sky was overcast, and alternate showers and
sq{ualls alldded to the wretchedness of the voyage.  Many a time,
during those three clays, (lid the miserable couple wish they were
back on terra firma.  Then came the genial weather and sunshine, together with the trade winds, and they began to feel better
-and enjoy the trip, and help themselves.  They began to really
enjoy the voyage. and sitting on dleck they learned very much of
the islands from those who were returning residents. Not havin g had the opportunity in San Francisco of meeting islanders,
tllir inforrmation was indeed very meager.  From the missionary lady they heard much of the hardships of the early mission,
andl of the success in converting the natives to Christianity. Also
of the ravages caused to the aboriginal population by the introduction of disease and rum by sailors.  Much also of the character of the natives, and of their innate hospitable reception of
aliens from any land.




12


The Master Planter; or


From the stories told, a very good impression of the natives
was obtained. "Kansas" became quite intimate with a man who
had passed several years on the islands, and who described the
cultivation of sugar and told of the opportunities for investments.
It appeared that only a large capital would warrant any one in
going into that industry, and from his remarks it appeared, also,
there was no other that a white man could make a success at.
When fifteen days out, the island of Maui was sighted, the captain saying that the mountain thereon, Haleakala, was ten thousand feet high, and visible from a great distance. Sailing along
they passed the island of Molokai, and had a fine view of its
precipitous mountain range. Then the island of Oahu approached,
and the beautiful valleys thereon opened up one by one with enchanting beauty. Rounding Diamond Head, the town of Honolulu, together with the forest of masts in its harbor, appeared.
The great forest of cocoa palms which fringed the shore, together with the wealth of foliage of lesser umbrageous trees,
created a pleasing impression of the tropical beauty of the place.
From the deck of the vessel the panorama presented was a most
charming one.  The difference between the gloomy, forbidding
and sunburnt coast of California, which they had just left, and
the verdure-covered peaks of the Island of Oahu, was like the
awakening from a dismal nightmare. With an artistic and almost prophetic eye our hero could see a brilliant future for I-onolulu. Diamond Head, which they had just rounded, stood out in
bold relief, and no one asked why it had been called Diamond
Head, as that was the natural name for it, its clear-cut, precipitous
sides reminding one more of the facets of a cut diamond than of
anything else.  Far ahead of the ship could be seen another
range of mountains similar in appearance to that at the rear of
the city. At the margin of the neck of land which connected the
two ranges lay a loch, called Pearl -Harbor, upon whose smooth
waters the sun glistened.  Many valleys, whose sides were covere(l with verdure of different shades, opened towards the sea,
giving promise of enchanting drives and points to lure the sightseer.
Although our hero and his family had forgotten the hardships
and nisery of the first part of the trip, and were enjoying to the
full the balance of the voyage, they, with the cabin passengers,
were glad to get ashore.
"Kansas" was a brave man, and was not intimidated by what




Life in the Cane Fields of Hawaii.


13


he had learned of the unlikelihood of succeeding on the islands.
Although the impression he obtained was that there was a great
distinction made between rich and poor, and that the prospects
for a poor man were not bright, he did not apply it to himself.
Hle had never felt poverty, and had always been able to make
provision for his wife and family.  In Kansas and California,
they were not considered poor, the masses being of their own
class. He had been well educated in the public schools, had been
a year at an agricultural college and had taught school two winters before he had met the young woman who had agreed to
take him for better or for worse, and they had gone west. Now
they were to live in a country where there was a marked distinction between those who had the possession of money, accidentally or otherwise, and those who had none. This they could not
realize. It (lid not disturb them very much, as they had within
themselves all that was necessary to make life happy, and they
merely sought the opportunity to make a living by their own exertions.  Also, they were in a foreign country, which they soon
found out, as their blaga(age was thoroughly examined by customs
officers, and "Kansas" was comlpelled to pay two dollars for a
Ipermit to la(n. There were no hotels nor hotel runners, and they
hired a push-cart to carry their effects to a lodging house in a
part of the city where rents were low.
EIverything seemed strange to them, and in some respects the
city appeared like a frontier town. I-Half naked kanakas carrying
sticks over their shoulders, with bundles of dried grass or calabashes filled with poi (the staple of life of the t-lawaiian), shocked
the woman. Numbers of Chinese thronged the streets, and carried on innumerable dirty looking restaurants and small shops.
The narrow, crooked and winding streets, lined with houses of all
descriptions, from those built of rough coral slabs, to frame structures of all imaginable styles of architecture, and with overhanging verandas, gave one an impression of a place which had
grown up, and not been laid out, as the majority of American
towns and cities have been.  Many rude sailors thronged the
streets, forming the crews of the innumerable whaleships in the
harbor. Their actions and language, and the heedlessness with
which they rode through the city on horses, alarmed our newcomers. Tlle food at the restaurants was good, but they soon
found it inconvenient to take the children out three times a (lay




14                 The Master Planter.
along the narrow, thronged and ill-kept sidewalks. Finally they
obtained lodgings at the Sailors' Home, a fine building which
was kept by a delightful old American lady, who seemed like a
mother to all.




CHAPTER V
HONOLULU AS IT WAS IN DAYS OF YORE —GRASS HOUSES AND MANY
THINGS THAT WOULD BE CURIOS NOW.
A  S they gpt opportunities to see more of the city, they found
that there were many homes of refinement situated on the
main avenue leading up Nuuanu Valley. These were set
well back from the street, and were surrounded by a wealth of
tropical foliage, and gave the tourist an impression of home and
comfort. They climbed Punchbowl, a hill 500 feet high in the
rear of the city, from where they obtained a magnificent view of
the city, its harbor, and the whole surrounding country. The
spires of churches loomed up through the foliage which covered
everything.
The prospect was entrancing. Grass houses of the natives
looked like last year's haystacks, but were by no means numerous, they having been superseded largely with frame structures.
Cocoa palms here and there had prominence over the lower forms
of shrubbery, and bore the appearance of frayed-out umbrellas.
A glamour seemed to have possessed our travelers, for they were
charmed with everything in view.  They were reminded of the
saying of one of the passengers, "that any one who lives on the
islands for a time will assuredly come back." The balmy air, the
evenness of the temperature, the geniality of expression on the
faces of all the conglomerate inhabitants, and the pleasant surroundings must be chargeable with this restful, homelike impression.
The harbor was small, but seemed adequate for the business
of the port. Business appeared to be brisk, and a spirit of contentment possessed all with whom they came in contact.  The
natives, especially the women, were decked out in the most brilliant
colors of silks and prints. Both men and women wore leis (wreaths)
of flowers or ferns around their hats, the latter being principally
home-made from cocoa or other palm leaves. It was quite common to see bare feet peeping from under silk gowns, probably
from the comfort of going barefooted. Carriages were not very




16


The Master Planter; or


numerous, although drays for carrying merchandise were quite
common. It was a frequent sight to see natives seated on push
carts, together with their household effects, being moved from
one part of the city to another. Gangs of prisoners working on
the street, in parti-colored garments, under the charge of a turnkey, were continually on the move. It was also the rule to hire
out prisoners to private individuals, as gardeners or chore-men.
Amongst the prisoners a few white men were seen, but they were
principally natives or Chinese. Evidently, there was no penitentiary where prisoners could be kept emp)loyed within walls at
the manufacture of merchantable wares, as in cities on the mainland. Uniformed native police and soldiers appeared to be quite.
numerous.
The meat and fish markets seemed to be well stocked and
well patronized.  It was quite a treat to visit the fish market,
where botl were sold, and watch the manner of selling and delivery of the wares. The market was always interesting, from
the great variety of curious and beautifully colored fishes, varieties which were strange to the markets on the mainland. To note
how quickly a native salesman would wrap up fish in a couple
of leaves, which afforded a handle for carrying the package and
at the same time a vehicle, disl, or mode for cooking the same,
when the buyer had arrived at home.
On visiting the houses of natives, who always welcomed the
stranger, our travelers were surprised at the simplicity of the
domestic arrangements. To make a fire in a small hole surrounded with stones and place a saucepan over it, as the miners
(lid, was the only way (exceptilng the cooking of taro() what cooking they did was performed. Many kinds of fish were eaten
raw, but this did not have the repulsive features about it that
one would expect. When properly cleaned and cut up in lumps
there was no l)lood and gurry, and on trying it they found that
it was as delicious as raw oysters, and equally digestible.
It was quite common to see natives carrying coffee or tea-pots
from Chinese restaurants, somewhat the way some of our people
"rush the growler" in the East. Saddle horses appeared to be
very numerous, and men and women rode equally astride. It
did not appear to be unbecoming for women to ride astride, as
they had invented a garment for the purpose. It was wrapped
around the hips and extended down the inner side of the leg,
and was held in place by the great toe in the stirrup. Generally




Life in the Cane Fields of Hawaii.


17


they were made of the most brilliant colors to be had, and a cavalcade of native women galloping through the streets made a very
pretty sight.
For a tropical country the markets afforded very little variety
of fruits.   Oranges, breadfruit, ohias    (mountain  apples),
bananas, and a few guavas, were all that was noticeable, whereas
in the West Indies a hundred kinds of fruit would be offered.
There appeared to be considerable drunkenness on the streets,
and even amongst the native men and women, although it was a
serious misdemeanor to furnish liquor to them.  The police appeared to be quite active, and on the slightest manifestation of
inebriety in a sailor, he would be taken to the station house,
from whence he did not depart until he contributed his share
towards the support of the government.
A small foundry and machine shop seemed to be very busy
turning out sugar machinery, but it was said that most of that
used on the islands was imported.*  There was a very large fleet
of small schooners which plied between the islands, and one
steanler, although for speed the schooners were preferalle. Great
quantities of produce came in regularly, and the wharves presented a busy sight where these small craft were dischargincg their
cargoes of oranges, rice, corn, pigs and cattle. The natives were
great travelers, and the decks of these small vessels appeared to
be as full of passengers as it was possible.
Large quantities of lumber were being piled up along the
wharves, and the change from grass houses to frame buildings
had set in all over the islands. There appeared to be no attempt
to export tropical fruits, nor in fact anything but sugar, rice, and
whalebone and oil. The discovery of rock oil, or petroleum, and
* This is one of many industries in which HTawaii has forged ahead
xonderfully, ever abreast of the world's progress. 'The HTonolulu Iron
Works is not only now manufacturing practically all the sugar mill
machinery used in the phenomenally-enlarged sugar industry of the
grolup, but. is building and erecting mills in Mexico and the Far East
in conmpe(ition, with the world. At this time (1910) the biggest sugar
nuill in the world is being built at the Honolulu Iron Works for the
'hilililincs and will be in operation in 1911; by liggest is meant the
largest rollers, not the ca:)paclity of the mill. A mill in Cuba is said to
thave lthe greatest output capacity, with our own Puunene, on Maui,
second.  Nearly two dozen of the Hawaiian mills are to the credit of
this wide-awake concern.  An order is now in hand, from Japanese
sources, for the sixth big mill for Formosa.




18


The Master Planter.


the numerous uses it could be applied to in illuminating and for
machinery, was said to have reduced the price of whale oil, and
that industry would cease. The merchants talked over the matter, and it did not appear as if there was anything which could
take its place.
The rock-bound coast of most of the islands, and the lack of
harbors, Honolulu being the only true harbor in the archipelago,
gave the impression that the cultivation of sugar must be limited.
Coffee, cotton and tobacco had been tried, but for various reasons
success in any of them was not prognosticated. The district of
Kona, on Hawaii, produced a magnificent, aromatic coffee, but
it was said that the scarcity of hands for picking it and the low
prices of Central American and Brazilian coffee, with which it
would have to contend in the market, would prevent the industry
from ever assuming large proportions.
"Kansas" tramped the streets and made numerous acquaintances, and his Yankee style of making inquiries into every possible matter was remarked. He studied the maps of the different
islands, and was given all possible assistance in the survey office.
From the surveyors, who had tramped over the different localities, he learned very much.




CHAPTER VI
"KANSAS" IS BUSY INVESTIGATING THE BUSINESS POSSIBILITIESLIVELY TIMES IN THE DAYS OF THE WHALER MAN.
HE principal food of the natives was taro (arum esculenturn), and it was also used in every home. He studied
the cultivation of it, and found that it was raised in
patches which were diked about with earth or stone embankments at great expense. It was raised in water, that is, after the
patches were dried up and dug up and the tops of the plant set
in mud the water was turned on and it was kept flooded until
nearly ripe, probably 12 or 14 months, and then pulled and
the tops cut off for future planting, and the roots sold in sacks
or made into poi, a paste made by washing, cooking and mashing the taro and mixing with water. It was a very wholesome
food, and our travelers liked taro in any form, either as plain
boiled, baked, made into cakes, or as poi. "Kansas" soon saw
that he could not compete with the natives in the cultivation of
taro, as it required weeding and working as well as any other
vegetable, and this could only be done by wading in mud, the
best way of doing which was the native style, i. e., naked, with a
breech clout on.
He saw the love of all classes for flowers and knew that he
could make a success of that business, although the natives were
very good natural gardeners, and in their little patches raised
great quantities. He tramped up Nuuanu Valley, where a small
sugar plantation was being carried on.  In conversation with
the owner he was proffered work, but at a very small salary.
When he told that he had a wife and two children to support, the
planter said they had no accommodations for a white woman on
the place, and "Kansas" could not live on the pay.
He went over the Pali, the great precipice which was said to
be the scene of Kamehameha First's last battle in subjugating
the islands, and visited two sugar estates on the Koolau side.
At both places he was nicely received, and at either of them he
could have obtained work, but neither of them had accommoda



20


The Master Planter; or


tions for a white woman, and the pay offered was very small.
Still, the more he saw of sugar the more he was interested in its
culture, and was sure that he could make a success of it if he
could only catch on.  He and his wife talked over all matters
that he learned in his peregrinations, and sh2 could not understand why there should be much objection to a man who had a
family.
They felt that they had made a grievous mistake in coming to
the islands, but she saw his inclination to the sugar industry,
and they determined that he should see more of the country before deciding to return to California. He had taken note of the
Chinese gardens, which as a rule consisted of several taro patches,
dried up and cultivated by hand, as there was no room for a
plow. They paid very high rentals for these lands, especially
those near to the city limits, and they packed their produce from
door to door, in baskets carried on long sticks or poles across
the shoulders.  He always had admired     the indefatigable
industry of the Chinese, but never thought to be brought into
competition with it. They worked very hard, and even in the
night might be seen watering their little vegetable gardens.
There was no room for him in the gardening industry, which he
so well understood. IHe saw the love of flowers and greenery
displayed in the homes of 'the foreign population, and knew that
he could make money at potting plants and ferns,-but the sugar
cultivation was what he wished to get into.
IHe and his wife endeavored to see all they could of -Honolulu,
hut there were not many public conveyances. Occasionally he
induced an old skipper to take his wife out in a rambling old
chaise, which looked as if it had come out in the ark, and that
Noah, himself, just over a drunken spell, was driving it. It was
a good deal better than staying at home, as walking in the
tropics, to one not used to it, is very trying. Saddle horses were
very numerous, and lle induced his wife to learn to use the saddle.
The old lady at the Home gladly took charge of the children
at times, and they were enabled to get about and see somewhat
of the surroundings of the city.  They climbed to the top of
Punchbowl, from where they obtained a magnificent view of the
whole adjacent country.  Far to the west a charming vista presented. An immense field of emerald, at certain parts of which
the sea was enclosed, forming lagoons, appeared to afford agricultural possibilities.  This great slope was well watered by




Life in the Cane Fields of Hawaii.         21
numerous streams from the range of mountains which was the
backbone of the island of Oahu.
On riding over these lands he found they were only cultivated
in the valleys or near the margin of the lagoons, and was told
that the balance of the land was very poor soil and was very
shallow. The taro, sweet potatoes and bananas which throve so
luxuriously in that region, were brought up to the city in boats.
The roads were merely horse-trails, and, except one, barely
wide enough for running gear. He did not believe that lands
which produced so heavy a crop of weeds was poor soil, and
judged that it was the system of ownership which prevented
then from being cultivated. If he had seen the land at another
season when all would be burnt up for lack of water, he might
not have come to the same conclusion. The verdant appearance
was caused   by  the dense growth   of the indigofera an il
plant which had been brought from India with the expectation
of cultivating and making indigo. The discovery of the art of
making indigo from chemicals had destroyed that hope.  He
tested the soil and found in many places it was but 12 to 18
inches in depth, covering a strata of coral. Evidently it had been
ul)leaved from  the sea and was slowly being covered with
alluvion.
They galloped across the plains to Waikiki and watched the
natives disporting in the sea. To sit under a hau tree and watch
the king and his people riding the surf on boards or in canoes
was one of the treats. Surely, of all aquatic sports, this must be
the one which afforded the greatest amusement. The dexterity
with which they handled their surf-boards, and fearlessness with
which they rode waves that threatened certain destruction, was
a most fascinating sight to a stranger.
Either the novelty of tropical life or the beauty of all the surroundings, had a charm for "Kansas" and his wife which made
them feel that they would strive to make a home on the islands.
The stores where whaling captains obtained their supplies were
naturally resorts for these hardy men, and here they delighted
to congregate and hear and tell stories of their experiences in
the Arctic. It is said that here they have killed more and greater
whales than ever were taken, and that the described perils were
as vividly depicted as an appreciative audience could wish.  To
visit from ship to ship was called "gamming," and in calm
weather, when no whales were in sight, it was a very common




22


The Master Planter; or


occurrence for "the old man" to call away a boat and pull tto
one of the vessels in the neighborhood for the sake of passing
an hour or two in exchanging gossip or to test the neighbor's
cuisine. A lot of these captains delighted to renew their acquaintance in Honolulu, and would sit around by the hour
"swapping yarns." The chairs they occupied bore the marks of the
knives of the "old skippers" who, unconsciously, in their interest
in the recitals, whittled away at the arms or wooden seats. One
storekeeper, to protect his furniture, drove tacks in every possible
spot, but the next season the skippers industriously proceeded to
dig out the tacks with their valuable pocket knives.
Absentmindedness appeared to be a feature with some of these
whaler men. A story is told of one of them who came in coatless, and, having purchased a coat and paid for it, he joined the
circle of yarn spinners.  Presently he threw off the garment in
his excitement of telling a good one. Then he remembered that
he came in to buy a coat, and proceeded to fit himself out again.
In the thrilling excitement of listening to some startling story,
the coat was discarded and he became wrapped up in the narrative. Again he remembered the object of his visit to the store,
and he purchased another coat. This was repeated three times
during the evening. When closing time came he was handed
back the amount he had over-paid. It went to show that sailors
and their money are soon parted. Some of them did not, however, leave their business shrewdness on the other side of Cape
Horn, where they were said to have left their consciences, and
instances are told of storekeepers being induced to put in a bill
for fifty sacks of potatoes, against the ship, whereas in fact a
gold watch was the merchandise which was delivered.
A glimpse into "Liberty Hall" or "the National" saloons
would show how the sailor made his hard earned money fly, and
give the reader somewhat of an idea of the effect of rum and
white man's influence on the native race. The latter was a twostoried structure with a large saloon on the ground floor, while
the second story had two bars in constant occupation during the
whale season. Music and (lancing enticed the sailors, and numerous native women sat around ready to be partners, either for
round or square dances. The latter were most in vogue, as more
of the awkward sailors could take part in them than in waltzes
or polkas. The caller controlled the dance, and at the end of the
fifth figure would call out, "March your partner to the bar," and




Life in the Cane Fields of Hawaii.       23
men and women would find themselves lined up to the bar as
many as a hundred at a time. Drinks were twenty-five cents
each, and when Jack threw down his dollar or a twenty or even
a fifty dollar "slug" in payment for his and partner's gin, there
would be no change back.
Some told "Kansas" at the Home that they repented, when at
sea, of having squandered their hard-earned money, even saying
that with comrades in the fo'c's'le they had gone down on their
knees and solemnly vowed to God never to touch liquor again,
and to save their money for their families at home who were dependent on them. They were so improvident as to even part with
their spare clothing, and go to sea without a sufficiency to shield
themselves from the miseries of the Arctic cold.  Here they
would be compelled to apply to the "slop chest," and were again
robbed, as the "shoddy" dealt out to them was not worth onefourth the amount charged up for it against their share of the
season's catch.




CHAPTER VII
IONOLULU AND THE CIURCHES OF THE OLD DAYS —OUR HERO
AGAIN AT S1EA\, UT ALONE.
HT EY visited the native churches, as well as the foreign, and
remarked that the populace was at least a church-going
one. The large native churches were filled to repletion,
and they felt repaid by their observations of the congregations.
The dress of both men and women was unique, to say the least.
Some of the women were dressed in silks, their hats were of the
latest style and their colored kid gloves were quite conspicuous.
Others were dressed in gaudy colored calicoes, and wore their
native hats with wreaths of ferns or flowers. The men appeared
to love to display silk hats, broadcloth clothes, and all felt that it
was necessary to wear shoes that could squeak, probably to show
their newness. However, whatever their peculiarities of dress
were, it was apparent that they were devout worshippers, as was
attested by the volume of sound when a hymn was given out.
Evidently the natives are natural musicians, as the singing was
excellent, all parts in the melodies being well sustained. The
langutage seems to be well adapted to song, as much so as the
Italian.  The preacher, a white man, was very much in earnest,
and the congregation appeared to be much interestel.
Our travelers could not understand any part of the service,
except the tunes, which were exceedingly familiar, such as "From
Greenland's Icy Mountains," "Rock of Ages," etc., to which the
missionaries had adapted HI-awaiian words.  A  matter which
caught their attention was the continual wheezing and coughing
all over the vast congregation, and which must have been more
or less distracting to the worshippers. Evidently it was the sign
of the pulmonary diseases which have decimated the population
of tlle islalnds, thie chalnge from nudity to wearing clothes
weakening the cuticle and making the party susceptible to colds
and influenza, formerly so freely repelled by a skin inured to sun
and rain.




Life in the Cante Fields of Hawaii.


25


There were two foreign churches in the city, one a very large
one on Fort street, where the most of the fashionable people attended.  The pastor in charge was a very eloquent speaker, and
was worthy of the large salary it was said he received. The choir
was well trained and was not, as in the East, composed of paid
singers. Of two of the sopranos one has since made a national
reputation as an opera singer.
Our travelers felt more at home in a little church in the rear
of the Sailors' Home, called the Seaman's Bethel. The earnest
old preacher seemed like a father to his congregation, and was
interested in the personal welfare of each member. He often
talked with "Kansas" and his wife, and gave them great encouragement of ultimate success on the islands. In both churches,
however, they were taken by the hand by members and made
welcome to the city, and asked to call at the different homes.
They needed more than the "glad hand" just then, and it was
all depending on his exertions. For his wife's sake he was extremely anxious to live in Honolulu, and to that end sought employment of any nature.  Had he a trade or profession he could
have done very well, as wages to mechanics were good and employment was easy to be obtained.  As an ordinary laborer he
could not earn sufficient to keep them.
Much as they admired the churches, Sunday schools and society of the city, and strong as was their desire to make a home
in Honolulu, all his attempts to do so met with no success, and
they determined that he should visit some of the other islands.
This was their first separation, and they felt very sad over it,
and determined it should be but a short one.  "Man 1proposes
and God disposes," is an old saying, and in this instance was a
true one. He decided to go first to Lahaina, on Maui, and after
seeing that island go to Hawaii. Traveling on inter-island vessels is quite expensive, and he asked the captain of a little
schooner if he might take a deck passage. The captain said that
"white men did not travel that way, but if he was hard up he
would give him a passage."  ITe denied being so poor as to be
unable to pay his passage and was finally permitted to pay two
dollars for a "deck passage" to ITahaina, the captain telling him
that he would have to provide his own food and blankets, and
that they frequently made the trip in a night, but were sometimes
two or three days. Taking his roll of blankets and a package of
lunch, he bade his wife and little ones a sad farewell.




26


The Master Planter.


Again he was at sea, but this time on a little bobbing schooner,
whose action was so different from that of the noble bark on
which they had arrived that he soon succumbed to the mtal de
mer.   Lying on deck with the spray dashing over him, and the
wind blowing, down onto him from the foresail, surrounded by
kanakas, wahines and sea-sick Chinamen, and feeling so wretched,
he thought he had reached the lowest round of the ladder. Now
and then the schooner would ship a sea, often caused by the
wheelman to make the deck passengers squeal; and the combination of pigs, sour smelling poi, calabashes, traveling tins,
wet children crying, and sick Chinamen was almost more than
human nature could bear. Then when the breeze died out the
schooner would roll in the trough of the sea, and the sails would
slat about, exposing the passengers to the blazing tropical sun.
Our hero paid very little attention to the view of Molokai or
Lanai as the schooner either drifted up the channel or wallowed
in the trough of the sea, at times in close proximity to either of
these islands. Why a man should go to sea at all, when the
United States was still "large enough to give us all a farm," he
could not comprehend; and he there decided that he would go
back to that fair land as soon as Providence would let him.
The resolutions of a sea-sick man are probably based on the
action of the changing positions of the molecules which compose
the brain, and are as permanent as the beautiful pictures seen in
the ordinary kaleidoscope. Oh, the misery of those two nights
up the channel to Lahaina! it burned an impression on his soul
never to be effaced. Afterwards he felt grateful that he had been
so horribly sick, as his sense of wretchedness was thereby
bltunted.  On the second morning the schooner came to her anchorage at Lahaina, and innumerable clamorous boat boys
swarmed her decks, vieing with each other for the privilege of
carrying the passengers ashore.




CHAPTER VIII
LAHAINA, THE FORMER CAPITAL OF TIIE KINGDOM-MORE DISCOURAGEMENTS FOR TIHE MAN FROM KANSAS.
ROM the anchorage, which is in the roadstead, Lahaina appeared to be embowered in trees, amongst which the breadfruit, cocoanut, kukui and mango maintained the supremacy.  Situated at the base of a serrated range of mountains,
which were clothed in verdure from the peaks to the sea, it presented the most charming aspect.  Many grass huts and a few
frame houses lined the beach for a distance of more than four
miles, from which it appeared that the inhabitants preferred to
live near the shore.  On going ashore, however, our hero was
surprised to find that the umbrageous foliage concealed the greater part of the town. Streets there were along which adobe buildings, in every stage of decay or dilapidation, ranged themselves.
The first impression the visitor gained was that when a building fell there it was a public improvement.  Lahaina had been
the capital, and in its day boasted of the "halepiula," or palace of
the king. Evidently, the foreigner had brought there, in earliest
days, the art of building houses from adob6, as practiced by the
Spaniards in California. These buildings, when kept in repair
and the scoving or surface of plaster maintained, present a handsome appearance, but when the thatched roof is allowed to fall
off or get out of repair, are very quickly destroyed by the fierce
tropical rains.
The coming of the schooner had apparently brought out all
the inhabitants of the town and the surrounding country, and our
hero was surprised to note the great number of horses and riders
dressed in the gayest of colors. He afterwards learned that
every man, woman and child owned a horse, pasturing it on any
one's land. The natives appeared very friendly, none failing to
wish him a hearty "aloha." He found lodgings in a house surrounded with canefields, and after getting a bath and change of
clothing proceeded to find a restaurant. His first impressions of
Lahaina were extremely pleasant, and he hoped to be able to find




28


Thle Master Planter; or


employment there and to get his beloved family again with him,
never to part again. Chinese restaurants were numerous, but he
found an old Dutch baker who kept a coffee shop, and who had
the reputation of making the best bread on the islands. Perhaps
he did not do justice to that first meal? The baker thought he
was hungry.
On the way up to the sugar mill to seek employment, he did
not fail to notice the thriftiness of tihe cane on either side of the
road, and the innumerable stalks which sprang from one hill. It
was all under irrigation and grew in trenches where the water
was permitted to settle away. Arrived at the mill, he met one of
the owners, who talked freely with him of the news of the mainland and of the war and the prospects. After asserting his capabilities as a farmer, he made inquiry as to the possibilities of getting employment. He was promptly answered that they had no
work for him, firstly because he did not understand the work, nor
the language, and could not therefore act as a luna or overseer,
and they would not let a white man work in the fields as a common laborer. Neither could they place him as a teamster or as a
laborer in the sugar house. They had natives for teamsters, and
Chinamen for dryers and packers, and the only white men on the
place were the overseers and mechanics. Ile told the planter that
he was a practical farmer, and could do any part of the agricultural work on the plantation. That he was extremely anxious to
get work, as he had a wife and two children in Honolulu to support, and that he would be content with a very small salary until
such times as his services were appreciated. The planter informed him that there were no accommodations on the place for a
white woman, and they could not employ him.
Crestfallen, he walked away down towards the beach, where he
chatted with an American storekeeper. On inquiry as to the consumlltion of vegetables and from whence they came, he was assured that they did not use much in that line, and that beef and
Lanai mutton and taro were the mainstay of Lahaina. Taro
grew prolifically in the concealed valleys back of the town, and
potatoes came from Kula on the other side of the island.
He seemed to be balked at every turn. IHe remarked that he
saw overseers riding round herding Chinese and natives, and he
reckoned he could do that kind of work, or handle the plow.
"Ah, my dear sir," said the storekeeper, "you cannot talk the
language, and, moreover, there is not a plow on the plantation."




Life it the Canle Fields of Hawaii.


29


Was it possible this great crop of cane was planted by hand
labor?  Yes, the lands which aggregated this great plantation
were all trenched by shovel and mattock. The expense was enormous, but he was informed that one planting was sufficient from
which to cut cane for five years, and there was some that had
not been replanted in sixteen years. The second and succeeding
crops were called rattoons, which, if well cared for and frequently
irrigated, produced almost as much as that from the first planting.
Our hero reckoned he would have the proper kind of plow at
work if he was the owner. He suggested that he could learn the
language and cane culture.
"No doubt of that," said the merchant, "but you will find that
planters are not breaking in white men."
Poor white men were looked at suspiciously, unless they were
mechanics. There certainly seemed no show for him. He wandered around the plantation observing the manner in which the
cane was planted and studying the plant itself. Also he ascended
towards Lahainaluna, the collee where native g-ra(luates
from the common schools were finished off. He noted the source
of the streams which irrigated the fields, and saw that Ialhaina
was most aptly situated for an immense rich plantation. On calling at the college he was pleasantly entertained by the principal,
and shown through the rooms, and the nature of the studies of
the young men. The teaching was in native, and the scholars
appleare(l very intelligent.  They did their own planting of taro
and sweet potatoes, and their friends furnished them some fish
and meats, and altogether the tuition and living cost very little.
Many of the graduates obtained employment as surveyors, and
some went into law or the pulpit, the majority, however, drifting
back to their ordinary mode of life.
Lahaina appeared to have every advantage for sugar culture,
not only from its rich soil, abundance of water and proximity to
the landing, but from the natural lay of the land, the cane getting
the benefit of the sun until the last minute of the day. The heat at
midday was something remarkable, hut the mornings and evenings were delightful. In the evening he met an old missionary,
one of the class he had read so much of in his earlier days.  He
was invited to call and met the missionary's wife and daughter.
They chatted familiarly with him, heard of his wife and little
ones with sympathetic ears, and could not realize the barrier
which stood between him and an opportunity to earn a liveli



30


The Master Plaintcr; or


hood. The house was one of those old adobe or stone buildings,
carefully whitewashed, and having green blinds. Standing back
from the street it had the appearance of comfort and home.
In after years, in riding to Lahaina on jury duty or court business, it seemed to loom up as a place where true rest from the
heat of the road or business cares was certain. They showed him
many curios from the northern seas, presented by their whaling
friends, and also many rare shells and curios from the south,
which had been sent by brother missionaries.  They admitted
that he was the stamp of a man the country was in need of, and
urged him to keep up his courage and he would get an opportunity to show his worth. The old missionary remarked "That Hawaii was a country where a man found his level sooner than in
any other."
How we do love sympathy?   It appeared that the few words
of sympathy extended to him by these old people had done him
more good than anything that had happened since his arrival at
Honolulu.  They invited him to breakfast, but he declined on
the ground that he wished to make an early start for the other
side of the island. They said their boys were engaged as overseers on some of the plantations over there, but knew they could
be of no assistance, as they were not sure of their own tenure of
office, in that it had been decided to reduce the number of employees. A kind farewell, and an urgent invitation to make their
house his home whenever he might come to Lahaina again, and
he was gone.
At daylight he started with his roll of blankets on his back on
the way to WVailuku. As he tramped the roads at that early hour
he noticed the laxity of discipline amongst the laborers and the
in(lifferent manner in which the cane was cared for.
How his fingers itched to get a chance at improvements? He
was a true farmer, and knew that one hour's work at dawn was
worth two at noon. He saw where he considered mistakes were
ma(le in laying out rows of cane, that they might obtain the best
results from irrigation as well as full play for the circulation of
the regular winds.  He had an idea that, next to water, air had
most to do with the cultivation of sugar. He enquired continually
as to the best season for planting, stripping, cutting, etc., etc.,
and also noticed a difference in canes as to color of stalk and
size of leaf.




Life in the Cane Fields of Hawaii.


31


Men did not appear to know much about sugar, or perhaps
were not as observing as they should be. He recognized that the
industry was in its infancy. His time was not all lost. He saw
the abuse of the animals on the plantation; evidently they would
not live out half the natural work life. He saw the waste of time
by the employees, as well as of the animals. Carts with a wheelbarrow load, and carts overloaded, were being driven helter
skelter to the mill. He saw men and women idling away their
time in the fields, and saw cane growing from roots so old that it
evidently had not produced its maximum for the past four years.
And yet the owners got rich.  What would the result be if a
little brains and push were added?
How delightful the early morning hours are on the islands!
The road along which he walked was a path through the Garden
of Eden. The hedges on both sides of the road were covered
with vines of the wild nasturtium and convolvulus, and innumerable hibiscus and papaia trees shed the fragrance of their blossoins on the morning air. Trees loaded with mangoes, cocoanuts,
paipaias and castor and croton oil nuts or beans, together with the
mass of mimosa and mesquite beans, proclaimed that nature was
doing her best to make "life in the tropics" easy for man. The
sky was full of light from the rising sun, which is invisible here
until quite late on account of the height and proximity of the
mountain.  The eternal lap-lap of the wavelets on the beach, together with the innumerable sounds of awakening animal life,
united to produce a charming picture of an earthly heaven. As
he strolled along the Lahaina beach and out through Olowalu
and Ukumehame he remarked that some day there would be a
large plantation established there. The man from Kansas, with
his observing eye and enquiring mind and Eastern vim, would
make his mark yet!
As he reached the top of the mountain at Manawainui and
caught a view of the Wailuku kula or plain, and got his lungs
filled with the invigorating trade winds, he felt glad that he had
failed in Lahaina. Here was scope for the imagination. Here
were thousands of acres of unoccupied land covered with a magnificent robe of emerald. Could it be that men had failed to obtain possession of this immense tract, or was there some obstacle
in the way? Here was room for an immense plantation, probably 20,000 acres.  Sugar yielded two and one-half tons to the
acre, and sold at $240 per ton, while the cost of raising did not




32                The Master Planter.
exceed $Ioo. His Yankee brain was at work, and while cogitating matters the ground passed behind him in such strides that he
had reached the Waikapu stream before he was aware of it.
Slaking his thirst and bathing his head and face, he felt refreshed,
and pushed on to Wailuku.




CHAPTER IX
IAO, THE YOSEMITE OF THE ISLANDS-DERIVATION OF THE HAWAIIAN WORD FOR LAW-WAILUKU AND ITS DEFINITION.
AILUKU, the name of a little village at the entrance cf Iao
Valley, is also the name of a large tract of country extending across the plain, from one range of mountains to the
other, on East Maui. This valley, lao, has frequently been called
the Yosemite of the islands. It is evidently a huge crater, which
has been extinct for ages, whose precipitous sides are clothed with
perennial ferns and evergreens. It is an admirable basin for
catching water, which from ancient times had been guided in
ditches out onto either side of the valley to supply the myriad of
taro patches of the ancient inhabitants.
Far up in the valley can still be found signs of the cultivation
of the soil by a people whose great numbers had compelled them
to live in a part that, on account of the absence of sunlight, was
so uninviting. From this valley, however, many of the Hawaiian
necessaries of life were obtained. Here grew the ti leaf (dracena
terminalis, or cordyline), which serves as a wrapper for food, for
plates, for a vehicle for cooking, for the scant clothing of the
ancients, for thatching temporary huts, for medicine, and a
thousand other uses the Hawaiian puts it to. It is greedily eaten,
also, by the herbiferous animals, and its root, which grows very
large, is much sought as a very sweet and nutritious food.  Unfortunately, like many other vegetables, it contains much alcohol,
and was used by the ancients for making a beer. The white man
showed them how to make a spirit from it, which was called
okole-hao, on account of a musket barrel being used to convey
and condense the steam from the boiling expressed and fermented
juice. To this introduced art may be ascribed much of the fatalities of the Hawaiian.
In this valley grew, also, the kukui or candle nut, used by the
natives for making their torches. The raw nut is very laxative,
and is used also as an emetic. The husk of the nut makes an
indelible dye, and is an astringent used in medicine.  When




34


The Master Planter; or


roasted it forms an excellent condiment, and is always used in
feasts.
On the sides of the ravines which open into the valley grew
the olona (touchardia latifolia), so useful in making fish lines
and nets.  Also the wauke (B. payyrifera), from the fibre of
which their cloth and quilts were made. The valley was the
source from which they obtained many of the herbs whose medicinal qualities were well known to the kahunas, or doctors.
Above all, however, the valley as a catch-basin for water was
most appreciated, as this district supplied foodstuffs for a large
section of the islands.  Most of the internecine wars had arisen
on account of disputed water rights. Time and again had rules
been made for the equable division of the water, only to be broken
by some overbearing neighbor. These rules had been committed
to memory and passed down from father to son, and were termed
"kanawai," meaning pertaining to water, and from thence comes
the present 1 —awaiian word for law.
The rivalry for the life-giving water extended far from the
banks of tle stream, and many people from   a distance wore
dragged into the wars which took place, either to defend rights
or to overpower those wlo maintained them. Taro from the
patches in Wailuku was, after being cooked, pounded and wrapped in buntldes in ti leaves, carried great distances, and in times
of famine to other islands of the group.
This valley was the scene of one of Kamehameha First's great
battles, where, ailded by fire arms procured from traders, he was
enabled to overcome tKalanikupule, king of Maui, and permanently add Maui to his conquests. It is said that the battle raged
so furiously, anl tlat tle numl)er of slain was so enormous, that
tlhe opening of the valley was so filled with the (leadl as to dam upp
the stream, an(l when it burst away the river ran pure blood, the
valley beinl thereafter called "VWailuku,' tlle water of slaughter.
Tlie ancient nalme of the stream is unknown. Judging by the
traces of cultivation, the listrict on tile eastern slope of \V'est
Maui mnust have been densely inhalited. Four fine streams issue
from this range called respectively, "Wai-kapu," tabued water,
"Waillukuti" "Waiehu," muddy water, and 'Waihee," retreating
water. The district was called "Nawaieha," from   these four
streams. Today these streams give nanes to little villages which
nestle up against the spurs of the range, the lands adjacent to
which have been mostly utilized for cultivating cane. The once




Life in the Canle Fields of Hawaii.


35


numerous inhabitants have been superseded by Asiatics and
whites.
Fine stone churches, each with a handful of members, stand as
monuments to the labor of the early missionaries in each village.
This also is the history of every district on the islands. Imported
cattle have denuded the mountains of verdure as far up as they
could climb, and reduced the water supply by destroying the rain
and cloud-catching evergreens.
Nature will soon recover, however, if the cause is removed. It
is said that in old times great numbers of cocoanut palms grew
along the sea coast, below this district, not one of which is seen
today. All had been destroyed in the frequent internecine wars,
and the sugar planter finds the trunks embedded deep in the
alluvion carried down by the furious torrents which take place
almost annually. The harbor of the district, Kahului, is a very
beautiful one, and yet has not the necessary protection from the
sea to make it a safe one at all seasons.  The fishimn ri-ghts of
the chiefs of the different lands, bordering on the sea, were most
strictly enforced, and the natives being expert fishermen regularly
fed the fish to encourage them in comingio.:rom the sea the range
of mountains with the extensively cultivated lands in the foreground, makes one of the prettiest pictures of island scenery.




CHAPTER X
AT WAILUKU "KANSAS" IS ADVISED TO "KEEP ON TRYINGS IN
SPITE OF THE DISHEARTENING OUTLOOK.
RRIVING at Wailuku, and securing good lodgings and getting refreshed, our hero strolled down to the sugar mill.
The manager was a very pleasant man, invited him in
and showed him the whole working of the establishmentthe grinding, liming to correct acidity, boiling in open train,
distributing into coolers for crystallization, and packing in kegs
for the market. Here all seemed to go like clockwork. The mill
was on a side hill, and half of the cane of the plantation had to
be carted across the valley and up the hill. Once up, the whole
process was down, down to the very cooper shop where the kegging was (one.
"Did it pay to haul; would it not be better to have the mill
lower down?" queried our hero.
"Yes," the manager said, "but the mill was here, and we cannot make up our minds to make the change."
This man appreciated the man from Kansas, and invited him to
dinner and to spend the evening. He is a bachelor, and will be
glad of company. Then comes the after-dinner chat on the veranda.  The Kansas man finds it takes longer to bring cane to
maturity in Wailuku than in Lahaina, as they preferred the native
red cane which was slower in growth than the small yellow cane
used there.
"Would it not pay to try the Lahaina cane?" asked "Kansas."
"No," said the manager, "we are perhaps prejudiced against it;
any way we think the cane we have is the best adapted to this
section."
The Lahaina cane is richer in saccharine matter, but it is so
small.
During the conversation the manager heard the whole story of
our hero's adventure to the islands, and realized his trouble.
"You will have an up-hill fight, my friend," said he. "This is
not a poor man's country. Of course the poor are the most nu



Life in the Cane Fields of Hawaii.


37


merous, but how are you going to get a start with the weight
around your neck which you have in the form of a wife and family? They must live, and you cannot get any pay worth speaking
of short of two years hence."
Then the Kansas man told him of the waste and lack of economy, and of intelligent culture he had observed, etc., etc. The
manager replied, "What you say is true, and we have not got
down to Eastern economy and methods yet; but the profits are so
large that we can afford to overlook those little things."
"Some day you will not overlook anything," said "Kansas";
"all will be needed in competition." Then he asked if the manager could give him employment.
"No," said he, "although I believe you are competent and will
eventually succeed. I have run over the whole field and do not
see where I could place you. There is nothing but the most demeaning work I could set you at, and I would not do that."
"What yould you advise?" said "Kansas."
"Keep on trying. Go to Waihee and see their plant. They
may be able to place you, but I understand they have a whole
lot of missionary boys there and have orders to cut down their
force. Anyhow, I should keep on trying."
It looked very blue for this practical man, that he could not
get an opportunity to show his worth.




CHAPTER XI
TIlE MISSIONARIES HAD TROUBLE, TOO-OUR HERO IAS WORK AT
LAST, BUT AS "SHIPPED MAN."
HE next morning our hero started for Waihee, a distance of
three or four miles. Walking through the fields, he took
note of the careful manner in which the cultivation was
done, the plow being used everywhere, and the cane laid out in
rows in most systematic manner, so that while getting the full
benefit of the irrigation it also was open to trade winds so far
as possible. He was overtaken by a man riding a mule, who
accosted him in a friendly manner and conversed with him in regard to his impressions of the country and especially of the fields.
"Kansas" replied that what he saw came nearer to his idea of a
proper method of cultivation than on any other plantation.
"I am glad to hear you say so," said the rider; "I am the manager of Waihee plantation, but one of the missionaries of Lahaina laid out the plowing and planting, and is overseeing the
cultivation."
The rider asked himi if he was interested in sugar. He replied
that he was deeply interested; and then as they went along told
him the story of his great desire to learn the business;, and of his
capabilities in the farming line. The manager said, "You are the
kind of man we want, and we would like very much to have you
and your family settled with us and form part of the small society
at Waihee; but, unfortunately, I am not able to give you employment, as I have orders to cut down my list of employees, and must
even part with my brother-in-law."
He invited him into the mill and showed him through the
whole works. It was truly the best mill and plantation on the
islands. Everything was on a large scale. It had the most land,
the most water, the best management, and in many ways was
the best property our hero had seen on the islands. He was invited to dinner, and met the manager's nice family, and talked
over his own prospects. The manager advised him to persevere
and he would assuredly catch on somewhere.




Life in the Cane Fields of Hawzaii.


39


"The sugar industry is in its infancy," said he, "and not onethird of the land on the islands adapted to its culture is under
cultivation.  It is bound to be the coming industry and maintenance of the islands, and will take the place of whaling."
As our hero parted with him and his wife and family, all of
them wished him god-speed and success, and invited him to come
again; and they would be pleased to learn of his locating himself.
Sadly he walked back to Wailuku, in a very depressed state
of mind, and could not understand wly he should be debarred
from working at his beloved vocation. Then he wrote fully to
his wife, explaining at length the attempts he had made, and
giving a terse description of the beautiful country, depicting the
horrors of the sea trip and his disappointment in obtaining work.
He spent several days in Wailuku, and tramped the valley and
looked over the surrounding country.  He became acquainted
with two old missionaries, and from them learned very much of
the manners and customs and history of the Hawaiians, as well
of the history of the mission and their early trials. One of these
came out as a teacher and devoted his life to inculcating the
native youth, especially girls, in the rudiments of education, being
aided by his amiable wife in teaching the details of home keeping, as sewing, washing, cooking, and all the little arts the knowledge whereof has made our mothers the true helpmeets they
have been to their husbands. He had also introduced cotton and
endeavored to cultivate it and manufacture cloth.
The other missionary was a preacher, and conducted services in
the stone church in the village, as well as maintaining a theological school from which native missionaries were graduated, several
of whom were sent on missions to the South Seas, while others
occupied pulpits in the islands.
Judging from their erudition and kindly natures, it is certain
that if these men had not felt called to give their lives to leading
the heathen of the Sandwich Islands to the light, they would have
risen to eminence amongst their fellowmen of the Eastern States.
In their homes he was made welcome, and when they became
acquainted with his abilities and character he was encouraged by
them to persevere in his endeavors to learn sugar culture, and the
requisite knowledge of the vernacular of the country. Towards
the latter he was given very valuable assistance and directions
as to how to learn the language the quickest.
Having more than a week to wait for an answer to his letter,




40


The Master Planter; or


he took every advantage of the time, in company with the aged
preacher, to study the language; and during that time he learned
very much of the hardships the early missionaries passed through.
The preacher had been one of the fourth reinforcement of the
Mission to the Hawaiian Islands, making with his wife nineteen
in all, on board a vessel which was six months in coming around
Cape Horn. After a passage which must have been one of misery
from the exceedingly cramped quarters on board, but which was
never referred to by him other than to speak of the beauties of
such lands as they saw, and of the extreme kindness of the captain and officers of the vessel, they landed at Honolulu, and were
almost immediately sent off to the Marquesas Islands as prime
missionaries.
His wife described the horror of life there, which fortunately
for them was limited to but eight months, as the English mission
had undertaken that field. The people were of the lowest type of
humanity, nude, rude, uncouth, cannibals, thieves, and were terrible. On their return to Hawaii they were stationed on Kauai
for nine years, where he learned the language thoroughly and
labored assiduously amongst the people with great success. On
his health failing there he was sent to take charge of Lahainaluna
academy until 1849, when he was given a year's rest, which he
occupied in surveying on the mountainous region of Maui and
aiding the natives in procuring titles to their allodial estates.
In 1856 he accepted a call to the church at Wailuku, where
our hero met him. He had supervision of several churches in
the district, and journeyed from one to the other on an ambulating old horse, on what was called "the missionary trot." He was
beloved by all wlho met him, and the vilest white man or the
lowest native had a good word to say of him. His salary, or
stipend, was exceedingly limited; but they were enabled to rear
a family of nine children, all of whom received educations above
the average. The old gentleman was of Kentucky stock, and
fearless in denouncing any crookedness on the part of the king
or those in authority, and yet withal so liberal in his views that
no one could take offense.
At the golden wedding of the old couple, which is spoken of
in a later chapter, his oldest son, in an address to the parents,
said: "By example much more than by precept, you have taught
us to live for something higher than what the world counts success, and to seek the favor of God more than the praise of men.




Life in the Cane Fields of Hawaii.


41


We thank you that you have taught us to be rather than to
seem; to abhor all that is false and all that is sordid or base; and
to cultivate charity, forbearance, humility, and other old-fashioned
virtues,
"And thus to bear without abuse
The grand old name of gentleman,
Defamed by every charlatan
And soiled by all ignoble use."
Truly a character whose name should be enrolled on the scroll
of fame, and one whom all men should hold up before them as
an ideal to which they should aspire to shape their lives.
The following week "Kansas" received an answer from his wife,
which electrified him. Quick-witted woman; loving helpmate;
she writes, "We have enough to live on for two years, even if you
should not do a stroke of work during that time. Get a job on a
plantation on any terms, and learn the language and the business.
I can earn a living, if necessity compels it, where I am."  She
always appreciated her husband and had taken him "for better
or for worse," but so far had found him "for better."
Now he determined the course he should pursue, and we will
see in the foITowing chapters whether she was wise or otherwise.
A woman's instinct is often better than a man's deeply thought
out scheme.
The following morning our hero waited on the Wailuku
manager, and tendered him his services, in any capacity, and at
any figure he should offer. The latter flatly refused to employ
him, saying he could not endure seeing a white man of his standing at menial work, suitable only for coolies, and he had no other
to give him.
He was loth to leave Wailuku, where he could have the companionship and instruction of the preacher in whose company he
delighted, and on whose every expression he hung as we have
seen students in our colleges following the lecture of a great professor. He called on the preacher and told him of his resolution,
and was invited to call at the parsonage whenever he might come
to Wailuku.
Bidding his new friend and his charming wife farewell, our
hero tore hiiself away. With his roll of blankets on his back
"Kansas" trudged across the Wailuku sand tdunes and plains and
ascended toward Makawao.   Makawao is the name of a large




42


The Master Planter; or


part of the western slope of East Maui, and has the reputation of being one of the dreariest parts of the islands, being
windswept by a zephyr which from old times was called "Ka ua
ukiukiu o Makawao," (the whistling rain of Makawao).
Notwithstanding its bleakness, Makawao was noted for the
richness of its soil, and its concomitant good crops, as well as
the healthfulness of its inhabitants. It was a weary, hot walk,
but our hero now had much to occupy his thoughts, and as he
toiled through the re(l dust and heat he dwelt with delight on
the instructive conversations he had enjoyed with the preacher.
Resolutions and plans for the future were formulated, the success of which would depend upon circumstances. Towards noon
he came to a plantation and sought out the owner, amongst the
intricacies of the mill, to whom he applied for work of any kind.
Many of his appearance had tramped the road before, and the
planter had good cause to look on them suspiciously. After
scanning his appearance and questioning him somewhat as to his
wish to do land-work, for all loose white men were presumed to
be runaway sailors, he was told that he could have work, "but,"
said the planter, "no one works here who is not shipped, and if
you are willing to ship your job is ready for you."
tHe would not take him unless he signed a contract to work a
definite time at so much per month, and to do any kind of work
he was set at. eitler in the (lay or night. "Kansas" now found
that lie had obtained what he had so long sought, viz: the opportunity to learn the business of sugar planting, and all that implied,
and determlined to accept the terms, no matter what they were.
Tlie terms offered were "eight dollars per month and found, ten
hours' waork per diem, to work by day or night as directed,
twenty-four dollars in advance, and to engage for one year."
The contract was signed in (luplicate and acknowledged, and
"Kansas" was bound to work or be imprisoned.
lie was shown a room, about Io by 12, in a cottage having
two such rooms and a veranda in common. A bed, table, chair
and wash-stand completed the furniture.  The cottage faced
towards West Maui, and from the veranda one of the most
glorious pictures of ever-changing scenery presented itself. He
soon freed himself from the superfluous real estate collected on
the long tramp, and after his ablution and a little rest felt that
he was going to like his new home. Naturally it appeared barren and cheerless, but he knew he could soon surround himself




Life in the Cane Fields of Hawaii.


43


with the few necessary comforts, and felt grateful for his success.
At dinner time he went in with the mechanics, and had a good,
hearty meal, and was told that he was not expected to go to work
until the morning, He passed the afternoon in walking about
the premises, and taking note of the mill and surroundings. The
planter told his wife that "he had shipped another white man,
and that he would prove either a jewel or a devil." She remarked
that his "runaway sailors had not proven to be of much value as
farm hands."
The next morning "Kansas" was set at piling firewood, and
he put in a good day's work. The climate was cool and bracing,
and he felt that he could do as nmuch work per diem there as in
California or Kansas. The wood piling initiation lasted but a
few days, when he was set to work with a Portuguese mason
building stone walls, of which there were miles on this plantation. Stone walls had a two-fold purpose, viz: to clear the land
of rock, which protruded in many places, or to make partitions
between fields wherein cattle were kept. The Portuguese was a
good workman, and the novice took his first lessons in masonry
willingly. The most of the walls were built by building suitable
rocks as a base and placing the upper stones on in such regular
manner that they would stand for all time. Often near the gates
mortar was used in building, to give the work a clean cut appearance, so our hero learned stone-wall building, with and without
mortar, and this lesson was not lost on him.
After three weeks of this out-door work he was set to washing
the floors of the sugar-house. There was no other road, he had
to do as others did, and bravely and good naturedly, in his bare
feet, he plied the bucket and swab. It was a wretched mill,
poorly planned, ant( its machinery was in keeping with it. Novice
as he was, he could not help noticing that the bagasse, as the
trash or pulp which came through the rollers was called, was not
as dry as it should be, and a large percentage of the cane juice
was thus lost. This bagasse was thrown out and spread on the
ground surrounding the mill, and there by hand-turning dried
in the sun for use as fuel, in addition to the large quantities of
firewood hauled in from the forests. It was the endeavor to
produce as much No. I sugar as possible, and this caused the
molasses tank to fill rapidly. Molasses was of very little value
on account of the high freight and heavy duty at San Francisco.




44


The Master Planter; or


The darkey sugar-boiler was a very careful man, and watched
the cane as it came to the mill, and tried to separate that which
was rat-eaten or borer-punctured, as those stalks were sour and
affected the whole mass with which they blended. Still they had
to go through, and it required a much larger weight of lime to
be used to correct the acidity; and also, as a consequence, a correspondingly less proportion of No. I sugar could be obtained.
He strained all the juice which came through the rollers, and
anything which went through his screen rose to the surface of
the first clarifier, where heat was applied. He seemed to be
quite secretive in regard to the quantity of lime to be applied, and
how he arrived at the proper weight to be used. He made good
sugar, if it was a poor mill, and that satisfied his employer. He
watched the men working at the train, as the row of open kettles
was called, and kept them continually sweeping the surface with
long paddles. Hie also pursued the firemen to keep up a regular
flame, a very difficult matter where they had to feed the furnace
continually with dried bagasse.
Paddling, bailing, and skimming seemed very hot work, as
the poorly-ventilated mill appeared to be filled with steam from
the boiling juice. The mill-men were all natives, who seemed
willing to turn their hands to anything. They chaffed the man
from Kansas and told him he could not stand their work. They
wore only pants made of denims, and the perspiration poured
down their breasts and backs. He "reckoned he could do anything that a kanaka could lo," and this remark being quoted to
his employer, he found himself set at "sugar boiling," as the
boys called it in derision. The sugar-boiler was the best paid
man on the plantation, but skimmers of boiling pots received but
seven or eight dollars per month. After a few days he found it
very agreeable work and far from being unhealthy. How his
wife cried as she read his weekly letter wherein he graphically
described his life on the plantation. He made no complaints of
the hardships he endured, on the contrary, described every thing
in a humorous vein; but she could read between the lines, and in
imagination followed him as he stood in the cloud of steam
skimming the train, or, barefooted, washing the gummy floors.
He had described the process of drying sugar, and she could
see him bare-footed and bare-armed tramping in the coolers
where the boiled juice had crystallized, digging it up and filling
it into tubs, which by the help of a native were carried to a cen



Life in the Cane Fields of Hawcaii.


45


trifugal and dumped in. This machine was about the size of a
large wash-tub, and had wire-gauze sides and turned on a spindle
at the rate of 600o to 2ooo revolutions per minute.
The centrifugals were enclosed in an iron frame to prevent
accident in event of explosion. Still accidents happened sometimes, from the carelessness of the men or from the slipperiness of
the floors, caused by the dripping of the syrup. Should a man
become over-balanced and fall into the centrifugal while it was
in motion, it would be almost certain death. Such an accident
happened to a poor kanaka who worked in company with our
hero.
Our man felt that death had come very near to him that time,
and imagined the consequences to his wife and little ones should
he have been the victim of such a catastrophe.  When his wife
read of the accident she wrote him that he was her all, and
although she had the greatest confidence in him and his carefulness, she urged him for her sake to be careful. The local papers
made a great ado about the acccident, one editor insinuating that
the planter was not wholly guiltless of manslaughter in allowing
the floors to become so sloppy. It had a good effect, in that
thereafter the floors were kept in somewhat better condition.
The works were closed for the day and the floors and mill
cleaned up.




CHAPTER XII
SOCIABILITY ON THIE PLANTATION AND AT CHURCI-I   AND HE
PROVES TO TBE A JEWEL — KANSAS MAKING IEADWAY.
THE planter's wife, a most estimable lady, was accustomed to
visiting the makahiki houses, as the quarters was called,
to look after the comfort of the men and women. During
our hero's first week sle called on him, and told him that services were held in the church in Makawao, and he was welcome
to tlie use of a horse to go there if he chose. He took her at
her word, and the following Sunday morning found him on the
road to church.  It was an exceedingly interesting service to
him, although the sermon was more or less prosaic. Although
all were strangers to him, they had the same old hymns to which
lie had been accustomed in his New England home, andl he gladly
joined in the praise service. lie had a rich baritone voice; and
the lady who played the little reed organ seemed to throw her
whole soul into it.
The small congregation appeared to pay the strictest attention
to the sernmon, and was very devout. After the service there
seemed to be a great deal of handshaking and pleasant chit-chat
amongst the neighbors, but our hero was tnnoticed. Not entirely unnoticed, however, as several asked who he was; one
planter, who was a great lover of music, remarked that he had a
very fine voice. His employer's wife told that "it was another
deserting whaler whom her husland had shipped."
When "Kansas" was untying his horse the preacher's daughter
came utp and offered her hand, saving, "You appear to be a
strangier in our community, but we are very glad to see you." He
offered to assist her to hler horse, and she accepted the courtesy.
H:e opened the gate for her, and as she passed out touched his
hat to her, but she wheeled her horse about and remarked, "VWe
live a mile or so above here, and have an abundance of figs, if
you would like some." He mounted his horse and was soon beside her. Sone of the ladies remarked, "That is just like Mary,




Life in the Cane Fields of Hawaii.


47


she speaks to every one." However, he had a pleasant chat with
an intelligent lady,. which he never forgot. He told her that he
was a contracted laborer on          plantation.  She said,
"We are glad that you have come to live in our neighborhood,"
and hoped he would come regularly to church. He promised her
that he would do so, as it made a pleasant break in the week, remarking that he considered the keeping of the Sabbath Day holy
(or wholly) was one of the great reasons why the Anglo-Saxon
race had taken such a lead in the world's civilization.
Arrived at the parsonage he was told that he was welcome to all
the figs he wished-and they were truly delicious. Those large
purple figs, how he revelled in them; they certainly are the most
delicious of any on the islands. He was invited in to lunch, and
met the aged preacher and his amialle wife, and spent an hour in
conversation that to himn was most instructive. The old gentleman had lived long on the islands, andl he and his son and
daughter had felt it their duty to go home and take part in the
Sanitary Commission in the war. In his old age the parson had
thought it advisable to marry again, and in the East had found a
suitable mate to share his declining years. As fate would have
it, a second family, of two, sprung up to add to their pleasures.
However, we are not giving the history of each of the delightful
people he met.
On his way lown the long, tedious road he communed with
himself, recalling the kindness of the mission family at Lalaina,
and that of the two at Wailuku, and of the close friendship which
had sprung up between himself and the preacher at the latter
place; all their hearty invitations to him to come again when passing. They had made no class distinction of him in their association.  H-e felt that the thought he was harboring, that
the rich made an incisive distinction between themselves and the
poor laloring class, was erroneous.  Was not the distinction
purely mythical on his part? Was it not engendered from overhearing on the wharves in San Francisco and in ITonolulu such
remarks? I-e feared he himself was the originator of such a
fancied distinction.  lie knew of the extreme hospitability of
the planters between themselves, as he had notel the frequent
arrivals and departures of travellers at the plantation, and concluded that they were somewhat right in being reserved in taking
to their firesides people of whose antecedents they knew nothing.




48


The Master Planter; or


For his part he would keep on in the even tenor of his way and
mind his own business.
That afternoon the planter's wife visited the quarters, and
brought some religious papers for his use. She remarked, "I see
you are accustomed to going to church; I could tell by your
familiarity with the hymns."
"Yes," he answered, "it makes the day pass quicker when one
goes to hear a sermon, and besides the incentive to spruce up
keeps a man from getting lazy." She hoped he would go regularly, and try to induce the mechanics to come.  However, she
offered him the use of the library at the house, provided he did
not soil the books. Her kindness was so much greater than he
expected that he felt that he was misjudging the entire community. I-le thanked her for the use of the books, and assured
her he would be very careful of them. Here indeed was a treat.
What cared he for the men who looked down upon him on
account of his poverty, and being a "shipped man," when he
could have the company of such men as Tyndall, Lycll, Huxley,
Darwin, HIugh Miller, and a host of other scientific writers, as
well as of authors of works of fiction too numerous to mention?
It put new life into him to look forward to the pleasant nights
he would have in such company. The work was hard and the
hours long', but neither as hard or long as he had been accustomed
to in Kansas and California.
The planter had a very valuable library, selected with good
judgment by some one who knew what was necessary to keep
in the countrv. Of works on the steam engine, chemistry, botany,
political economy, history, geography, etc., etc., there was a
plethora, besides a number of periodicals. This privilege of using
the library was a gift which for once was appreciated to its fullest
extent. It was like a shower of rain on a thirsty soil. Never in
his life before could he comprehend so thoroughly what he found
in books. Day by day he worked awav at the mill, doing all kinds
of work, from firing up, cleaning boiler tubes, cleaning the engine, skimming, drying sugar, feeding the mill or turning trash
in the mill grounds in company with native men and women.
Sometimes he would be sent with the teams into the woods
towards the rainy side of the island, for firewood, during which
trips he learned much of the nature of the Hawaiian forests and
of that part of the island. He saw the effect of the pasturing
of cattle amongst the large trees.  They destroyed the dense




Life ilt the Cane; Fields of Hawaii.


49


tropical under-growth which preserved the moisture, and in a few
years large trees (lied. It could be but a matter of a few years
when the windward slopes of Haleakala would be denuded, and
this barrenness would affect the rainfall most injuriously to the
balance of the islands. Sometimes the gang of teamsters would
be placed under his charge, and he could not but notice with what
reluctancy they obeyed his orders. lie was of the sanie contracted
class as themselves, even if he was a white man. Still le got tile
work out of them, and with a little tact succeeded in getting back
early in the day with satisfactory loads.
Little by little his employer came to lean on him for service
of many kinds, and he was frequently on horse-back in all parts
of the estate, either with a gang of men or carrying orders for
changes to the different overseers. Tlhis gave him a great insight into cane at different stages of growth, and into the extent
of the estate. He could see the absolute waste in the attempts
to cultivate cane on parts which had proven valueless, and also
he could discern the necessity for correctives and fertilizers to
certain soils. In so broad an estate there must naturally be a
variety of soils. To treat all alike, therefore, would be wasteful
and reprehensible. Still this was exactly what was going on.
Fortunate indeed was the planter, that prices of sugar ruled so
high and wages were so low. Nature had dlone so much in supplying a rich soil, brilliant sunflight, anll wind, and ample rain,
if man only had the requisite knowledlge to take advantage of
those blessings. "Kansas" noted the errors made or pernlitted,
and also made note of what he would have done if lie was the
owner. Of course it would be out of place for him to offer suggestions, but at times he did so wiheni opportunity favored it, or
when his opinion was asked.
His employer told, at the table, that he had said "that 'Kansas'
would either prove to be a jewel or a (levil, and he proves to be a
jewel!"  His wife remarked tlat "Kansas" was a great reader.
Her husband said, "I (1o not care how munch he reads, as long as
lie does my work well, and I must say he is the only white trash
I have ever met who does well and quickly everything that is
entrusted to his care. I sent him with the teanms over into the
forest for wood and he was back here in half a (lay, whereas any
luna I ever sent before always managed to keep the boys and
cattle away until night. He can build a stone wall as good as




50               The Master Planter,
Portuguese Joe. Bob White says he knows as much of the principles of the steam engine as he does, and I guess he is right
about that, although Bob is pretty handy when anything is broken
down. I have an idea that the fellow could boil sugar. Old John
has to go to Lahaina on the jury next week, and I have a notion
to give 'Kansas' a show to see what he can do in that line."




CHAPTER XIII
SOME INTERESTING DETAILS OF PLANTATION WORK-THE ENTRANCING HALEAKALA TRIP AND WHAT IT REVEALS.
T HE following week, when John was off to Lahaina, our hero
was set at sugar boiling, although under the eye of the
planter, who was himself a master hand. He got along
famously, in fact he was surprised that there was so little in it.
As the juice came in from the rollers he skimmed or rather
strained it, for naturally much fungus which grows on all cane,
came over as well as detritus of other descriptions. Judging by
the taste and color of the juice, he could tell if acid prevailed in
injurious percentage. In such case lime was applied, but great
care was used in this respect, as the chemical action of the lime
on the saccharine matter prevented crystallization to some extent,
and also changed the nature of the product.
When heat was applied in the container in which the juice was
received it caused all extraneous matter to rise to the surface,
from whence it was skimmed, and the heated juice was again
strained before going into the first of the train of boiling pots.
Here it was boiled and evaporated to a certain consistency, determined by the saccharometer, and finally its proof density was
determined by hand-testing. It was then conveyed to large tanks,
which were probably 15 inches deep, and presented a large surface
to the atmosphere, where it was allowed to crystallize, and from
whence it was carried to the centrifugals.
Patience, watchfulness, and prompt action to arrest the graining
at the proper stage-that was all, excepting the prime necessity
of keeping all the kettles scrupulously clean and free from fermentation. For two days the planter fumed and puffed about
the mill, which was as much as he could endure, and the third day
he was off to the port of Kahului, where his vessels lay at anchor.
He said, "Now 'Kansas', be careful and do not burn that sugar,
a strike is worth more than your year's wages!" and he departed
leaving our hero in charge of the mill and all the men therein.




52


The Master Planter; or


There was no sugar burned there, and if the planter had been
a little more observing he would have noticed that the output was
a little larger for the next three days. He had taken note of old
John's watching for rat-eaten or borer-punctured cane, or that
which had not reached its proper stage of ripeness, and set such
aside to be either destroyed or ground together. He soon learned
from the color of the juice, as well as the taste, the requisite
weight of lime to use as a corrective to the acidity. By the
saccharometer he discerned the difference in the density of the
juices from different fields, and formed an opinion of the causes
of the difference.
He was too good a farmer not to know that sugar is made in
the fields, and not by any chemical concoction in the mill. The
essentiality of preserving the crop at the mill and curtailing all
waste there was also very apparent. VWhere proper cultivation
was used, and the cane kept clean, that is, stripped regularly of
the older leaves within which the borer lays its eggs, and where
the puncturing is done by it, the yield of juice was not only greater
b)ut its percentage of sacclharine matter was much higher.
Our hero reveled in the (lelights of every part of sugar cultivation-the plowing, manuring, cultivating, stripping, and liarvesting the crop. The different stages of labor he went through,
instead of being laborious, irksome and unpleasant were done by
him with a cheerfulness and earnestness and watchfulness which
could produce none other than an appreciation by his employer,
and which would create a lasting impression on his part.
The bracing climtate of Makawao, and his care of his person,
combined to ensure hilm good health, and lie grew robust and
toughl in all his muscles. Frequent long and hard rides made
him a good horseman, and every opportunity was taken by him
to learn the geography of the island as far into the Koolau
country as the district of HIana. Situated at such an elevation
as he was, he had a continual view of West Alaui and the beautiful villages along that range of mountains, together with their
whitewashed mills and churches. It truly was one of the most
beautiful landscapes to be found in any part of the world, with
its variegated colors, the sea and the land, the light and shade,
and the view into the great valleys.
"Kansas" was not always confined to the plantation, and on
more than one occasion had been detailed to travel with a party
to Ulupalakua, a fine plantation owned by Capt. Makee, situated




Life in the Cane Fields of Hawaii.


53


on the other shoulder of the great mountain. This was at an
elevation from 1800 to 2500 feet above sea level, and where they
were entirely dependent on the rainfall for their crop and for
living purposes. The owner was truly one of nature's noblemen,
and delighted in entertaining his neighbors or strangers from all
parts of the world. He was very broad in his views and liberal
to a degree. He was always pleased to have an opportunity to
converse with men from whom he might possibly learn something, and was no respecter of men's clothing.
The first time "Kansas" was there the Captain noticed with
what assiduity he cared for the horses, apparently being as solicitous for their welfare as for himself. He, although anxious that
the stock should have water, saw that they did not get much until
they were cool enough from their journey, that it would not injure them. Then he took care that they had plenty of rich cane
tops, and fed them himself.
These little matters attracted the Captain's attention, and he
took the first opportunity to get into conversation with our hero.
Like all the old sea-dogs, he was addicted to an early cup of
coffee, and seeking out "Kansas" he invited him to partake of
coffee and johnny-cake with him.
"Kansas" had climbed to Prospect Hill, a knoll planted to
eucalyptus by the owner's directions, and from where a good
view of Ulupalakua plantation and the vicinity was to be obtained.
He was asked as to his opinion of the site for a plantation, and
of the soil. The Captain was surprised to note the wealth of
knowledge that this hostler had in regard to agricultural matters
in general, and of the notice he had taken of the immediate surroundings.
During the three days the party remained there the Captain,
without any apparent neglect of his guests, sought as much as
possible of "Kansas's" company. At other times, when he visited
there, he was made as welcome as if he was one of the nabobs of
the islands: and when Capt. Makee visited Makawao, he asked
for "Kansas" and showed him every courtesy, to the astonishment of both his empiover and the mechanics of the place. We
will see in later chapters how this acquaintance ripened into
friendship, and to the Captain's financial benefit. "Kansas" was
frequently at Wailuku and Waihee, and renewed his acquaintance with those whom he had learned to appreciate in those
villages.




54


The Master Plantcr; or


At one time he was sent with a party to Haleakala, the huge
mountain, IO,ooo feet high, at the base of which his plantation
was situated. The party consisted of a U. S. Geological Commissioner, two islanders and the guide, a missionary's son, who
lived well up the mountain and was familiar with the intricacies
of the numerous trails which crossed and recrossed each other in
a thousand directions. They started early in the day and at evening were at the summit.
From this point the view is grandl, all the islands of the group
being in sight, the overhanging cloud effect entrancing the tourist
and chaining him to the spot. The horses were quickly tethered,
and a large lot of firewood collected from the scrubby growth of
brittle shrubs which covers the surrounding country. After the
sunlight had diminished the cold was intense, and the party
bivouacked in a cave at a little distance below the summit. Having disposed of supper, the party grouped themselves about the
fire at the entrance to the cave, when "volcanoes and their causes"
were discussed.
The Commissioner had traveled over Yucatan, Mexico and the
southwestern States and Territories of the Union; had visited
and followed the wonderful Colorado river from its source to its
mouth in the Gulf of California, and had formled his theories of
subterranean forces.
HIe had visited Kilauea, Mauna Loa, IHalalai and Mauna Kea
on the island of Hawaii, and remarked on the peculiar absence of
many of the volcanic l)rodtucts found in other parts of the world.
He reasoned on the difference between ta and palhochoe, formations in the flows on -Hawaii. Spoke of the rapidity with which
these corroded, disintegrated and dissolved, and of their forming
soil of the finest character in so short a periol.
Our hero was entranced with the conversation, and although
it was his duty to "fire up" and care for the tremblino horses, he
was loth to leave the circle of discerning educated gentlemen long
enough to properly attend to these. The Commissioner noted
with what interest he listened to the conversation, and, as the
fleas drove sleep from the eyes of the weary party, he continued
the conversation on through the night. It was "a feast of reason
and flow of soul" which needed no artificial stimulant to sustain.
At dawn they were on top of the mountain watching for the
coming of the glorious orb of day. This is one of the grandest
sights it is in the power of man to obtain. The face of the earth




Life in the Cante Fields of Hawaii.


55


was buried in cloud, excepting the pinnacle upon which the party
stood. Presently the bright rays of the rising sun pierced the
eastern horizon sufficiently to lighten up the whole upper surface
of the downy strata which covered mother earth, and then the
brilliant disc seemed to burst from the shroud which enfolded it,
and Sol, in all his glory, began his diurnal journey. Rising majestically, he appeared to draw up with him a large part of the
downy strata he had cleft, which presently appeared to fall back
to its place, as a saucer might adhere to a cup. The upper surfaces of the clouds are by no means level, in fact present the
appearance of an undulating country covered with snow.
A slight breeze occurring cleared away the portion of clouds
which covered the immense crater of Haleakala, and exposed to
view what the Commissioner denoninated the largest caldera
known. He ulsed this term in contradistinction to volcano, in
that a caldera may be described as a pit in which numerous volcanic cones have been formed.
The Commissioner purposed visiting the floor of the caldera,
from which journey some of the party excused themselves, as
the ascent therefron would be more of a task than their weak
lungs could stand. The atmosphere. at this elevation, is exceedingly rare, and some complained of nausea.
It was arranged that our hero should accompany the Commissioner and another member of the party, the guide offering to take
charge of the horses. The balance of the party proposed securing some specimens of the silver sword (argyroxiphium Sand7wicenlse), which is found only at this elevation.  Flocks of wild
goats also attracted their attention, and promised some good
shooting.
The party began the descent into the crater, and went with such
Titan strides down the black scorie of wlich the sides were composed, that they were soon on the floor. Many of what appeared
to be sand-dunes from the top of the mountain were found to
be craters, some of which were 500 feet in Iheight.  They wandered around some, and the feasibility of riding into the crater
was discovered and the Commissioner determined to send for the
horses and ride out on the Koolau side.
Our hero proffered to go and bring the party, and leaving one
canteen of water lie commenced the ascent. He found that what
took but a few minutes to descend required much longer time
to ascend. The rarity of the atmosphere, which made exertion




56


The Master Planter; or


difficult, the great heat of the sun, from which there was no
shelter, and the ever-moving scoria, made his task a hard one.
However, Yankee grit "will get there," as the boys say, and he
was soon on the summit. The party refused to go farther with
the Commissioner, and taking the guide with them left our hero,
with the water, provisions, and three horses.
Riding round to the entrance of the opening, and leading the
other horses and baggage, he finally reached the party on the floor.
They now started for the windward side of the island, through
the crater, and having reached the Kaupo gap at an elevation of
76oo feet, were forced to camp. The lack of water for the horses
was the only drawback. There is a hole where water may be
found at most seasons. but they were unable to discover it.
Bright and early in the following morning they began the descent,
and after riding through a most precipitous country arrived at
the sea. Turning easterly thev arrived at Hana long after nightfall, the whole party badly used up.
The Commissioner kept up the interest in the ride by calling
attention to the peculiar formation of the innumerable precipitotis gulches which they crossed, the great tree-ferns with their
weird and wonderful fronds.  The sides of these gulches or
ravines were densely covered with vegetation, over which climbed
the ieie, wild nasturtitLns, and convolvulus vines. Many mountain-apple trees were seen, peculiar in that their magenta blossolms grew immediately from the trunk or large limbs rather than
from the ends of branches. The small valleys in those ravines all
appeared to have more or less signs of cultivation or of having
been cultivated. Several native houses were passed, the inhabitants invariably inviting the travellers to rest and eat. At one
house, newer than the others, they took lunch, the native preparing chicken in a marvelously short time. Here the gentlemen
submitted themselves to the operation of lomiloiti, which they
admitted was very restful. It is merely a kneading of the muscles by hands which are accustomed to the operation.
At Hana the gentleman with the Commissioner decided that he
could not undertake a return journey, and they agreed to return
in a boat to Haiku. They directed "Kansas" to lead the horses
back to Makawao, and he started away l) the lower road through
the Koolau country, arriving at Makawao after a two days' journey of danger and difficulty. Crossing many of the streams was
very risky at times, as those streams were subject to sudden rises




Life in the Cane Fields of Hawaii.         57
of water, and there were no bridges. He felt thankful for a
safe return, and vet amply repaid for all his care and anxiety
by the store of knlowledge he had acquired, not only from the
Commissioner and his companion, but from the knowledge of that
well watered country, the sources of whose streams he had witnessed. He had also made the acquaintance of the Commissioner,
which was not only renewed in a few days, but which in after
years in Washington proved mutually agreeable.




CHAPTER XIV
PHASES OF PLANTATION LIFE-NATIVE LANGUAGE AND LORENATIVE DIVISIONS OF LAND-DYESTUFFS USED
BY THIE HAWAIIANS.
UR       man  was sent, the boiling   season being  over
for a time, into the fields with   a gang of men
to  clear away  the fields and  prepare the rattoon
or volunteer crop.   The fields were run over with fire
and  all the superfluous leaves and weeds destroyed and
the cane given a chance to again sprout. As this plantation was
not under irrigation, and the cane was planted at different elevations, some of it was ripe whilst other parts were just being
planted. With a gang he undertook stripping, which is one of
the hardest jobs on the plantation, not only on account of the extreme heat il the center of a field, but from the sharp serrated
leaves of the cane whose edges cut like a saw and knife combined, wrhen by accident the leaves are not properly grasped, or
a jerk of the arm throws the back of the hand against a projecting leaf. He worked as faithfully at this stripping as at any
other work he had been set at, and soon found that by attacking a
stalk systematically and grasping the leaves firmly from the base
upward, they all came away freely.
He saw the utility of the work, for the eggs of the borer could
be seen in nany a leaf stalk ready to be hatched and get in its
deadly work on the cane. Also, the cane appeared to thrive better
when the effete leaves were removed and the wind had an opportunity to clear away the hairlike fungus which covered the stalk
at the base of the leaves. Tlle natives jeered him, and challenged
him to race across the field. He found that he could not compete
with some of the older hands, who were adepts at the work, and
with one sweep could clean a stalk. Still he persevered and soon
became quite quick at the work. The leaves, being stripped, were
thrown in between the rows, and after the cane was cut fire was
allowed to run over the field, cleaning it of all trash and vermin.
In this our agriculturist felt that a great waste was committed,




Life in the Cane Fields of Hawcaii.


59


for although the ashes was a very good complement to the soil
and the fire a grand vermin exterminator, he contended that it
would pay well to carry all to a small valley and there make a
great pile of compost against planting time.
It was noticeable the rankness with which the cane grew in
certain valleys where the rains were slow in percolating the soil,
also on some slopes where the actinic rays of the sun could
operate to best advantage. He frequently studied out what would
be the difference in the total crop of this plantation if water could
be obtained to put it all under irrigation. He had made frequent
Sunday excursions into the woods, or wet country, on the windward side of the island, and had crossed the innumerable valleys,
both above and below, which lay between the plantation and
the Hana district, and had noticed the loss of water in those
ravines by percolation. He came to the conclusion that by tapping
those streams at a good elevation water could be brought round to
the leeward in supply only limited by the aqueduct, and probably
sufficient to irrigate ten times the land under cultivation, and
make the aggregate product four times what it was. He kept
his counsel against the future, but his Yankee brain was at work.
He had now worked ten months on the plantation, and felt
competent to fill any position. He had very little company on
the ranch among the employees, as the hands cared very little for
the work or improvements in it. Still, some of them passed their
evenings at his cottage. and made use of his numerous papers
and magazines. Whenever any fancied improvement could be
made he had made note of it in a memorandum book carried for
that purpose, a custom which he had pursued for many years. He
believed in nailing a passing thought, and in enlarging upon it
when writing up his daily journal. When he heard a new word
amongst the native hands he invariably looked it up in his dictionary, and this course improved his knowledge of the vernacular in a remarkable degree, and in after years proved of great
value to him.
The native language was the medium of conversation between
the Chinese and other laborers, and a perfect knowledge of it was
necessary. He had systematically and diligently studied it from
the time he first met the preacher at Wailuku. IHe had procured
a phrase book, a grammar, and a Hawaiian-English EnglishHawaiian dictionary, and being acquainted with the Spanish and
French languages he easily acquired the proper pronunciation.




60


The Master Planter; or


Still he always felt that he had learned more from the New Testament, which was printed in parallel columns of Hawaiian and
English.  It had been translated from the Greek direct, with
which he was also familiar, by a master hand, and by the time he
had read it through he was spoken of by the natives as one who
spoke their language as fluently as they did.
He often surprised the younger generation by using words
with which they were not familiar. He learned many of the
meles, or chants, from the elder Hawaiians, who had received
them from those whose duty it was to learn and pass down
the genealogies and history of chiefs by song and saga. He
was surprised at the extent of the vocabularies of some of
even the common laborers who went with him to the woods.
They could tell the name of every tree, plant or weed that
grew there. They could enumerate hundreds of kinds of fishes,
some of which had different names at different ages.
When it became bruited abroad that "Kansas" was a Hawaiian scholar, his comrpany was sought by some of the
chiefs and kahunas, or doctor priests. At the house of a
chief named Hikiau, who had been a warrior and favorite of
Kamehallneha, le frccuently met some of the old-time people
who freely discussed with him the arts and sciences of the
ancient H-awaiians. They descriled their weapons of war,
and from what woods made, and where those woods were obtained. Also the woods best adapted to the manufacture of
culinary vessels and for the few agricultural implements required.
Their knowledge of the medicinal properties of certain
herl)s, and of the vegetable poisons, was quite extensive, of
which he invariably made note. He was much surprised to
note their knowledge of dyes and pigments used in dying
their cloth and in painting their canoes, etc. To illustrate
their knowledge of paints, his notes show that to make oil
they expressed the kernels of the kukui nut by means of a
lever. The residue was burned and the dense smoke arising
therefrom, was caught in an inverted calabash, from which
came their fine lamp-black. In tatooing they used the green
juice of the covering of the kukui, mixed with the pulverized
carbonized shell of the same.  This made an indelible black.
For a yellow dye the turmeric root was used. Certain flowers
were used to obtain the bright pinks and reds, although by
no means lasting. Sepia from the squid was also used as a




Life in the Cane Fields of Hawaii.


61


dye.  To dye black they frequently steeped the kapa*' (made
from  the wauke) in taro patches, the oxide of iron therein
contained giving them  a permanent color.
These discussions with the natives were exceedingly interesting, and he seldom  passed a Sunday afternoon without
learning something of the wisdom     of the natives.  Their
divisions of land were so peculiar that he made diligent study
into the origin of title to real property, and even took the
trouble to visit, in compaany with one acquainted, the crater
of Ilaleakala to see what was the matrix from which the
boundary lines of all the divisions of East Alaui were obtained. It was a large flat stone, called Pohakupalalalaha,
the cracks, natural or artificial, radiating fromI the center of
which, on being extended, were held to be boundary lines for
the different ahupuaas, as the livisions were called. It was
a remarkably simple division, and as it had supernatural authority for its embellishment, was respected by all. Thus
germinating at a single point in the center of the island, and
widening out at the sea, there was given to each chief and his
tribe a land which would supply all the simplle necessaries of
life.  At the seafront he had his fishing rights; a little above
land suitable for cultivating taro and sweet potatoes; then the
woods for his yams, canoes and fuel; farther up his indisplensible ti land; then his hardwood land for weapons and
(lomestic and agricultural ilmllements; then his grass land
for thatching his house; and finally the land of tlhe fragrant
sandal-wood for barter. In the bordering ravines grew the
bamboo, so useful for house buildling and for fishing purposes,
as well as the wauke and olona,t from   which he made his
cloth, twine and nets.
The ancient tenure of real property was very insecure and
depended largely on the whim of the chiefs who, with their
satellites, rode rough-shod over the colmmon people.  "Ilemo
oe," (you are out) if said by a chief would throw a man and
his family onto the world from' lands they had occupied for
generations. The feudal system  prevaile(l in all its severity
*Kapa, a cloth (somnetimes called tapa) made generally, from the
inner bark of the wauke, a species of the mulberry.
t Olona, a shrub, the bark of which when dressed resembles bleached
hemp or flax, and is made into small cords. Olona is also the name of
the cord itself. The name is also given to animal tendons or ligaments.




62                  The Master Planter.
and absoluteness. Of course all this was now changed since
the Great Mahele, or division of lands under Kamehameha
III. He called on all chiefs and commoners to bring in their
proofs of ownership or of residence and cultivation, and give
them up to him; he then issued Royal Patents to such as made
satisfactory proofs of title by prescription, they paying into the
treasury a commutation and the cost of surveying.




CHAPTER XV
MORE HAWAIIAN LORE: LAND TENURE-TABU SYSTEM-PRIMITIVE
TOOLS AND PATIENT LABOR-WHERE FELL THE
CHIVALRY OF HAWAII.
HE titles given at the Great Division of lands were allodial,
that is, free from military burden and other service to an
overlord or chief, excepting such taxes as the regular
legislature might impose, the government, however, reserving any minerals which might be discovered.  To the
chiefs were granted such ahupuaas or large divisions as they
had inherited or possessed, excepting such lands as had or
would be awarded to the common people within the peripheries
thereof.
Many chiefs induced their people to refrain from applying
for lands, promising to allow them to live on them for ever.
At the same time a law was passed that in event of the
grantee and his heirs dying out, the small lands should not
escheat to the government but to the owner of the ahupuaa
in which they were situated.
Islands were divided into districts, mokus, ahupuaas, ilis,
kalanas, kuleanas and leles, and in Honolulu into house lots.
Fishing rights were another peculiar feature of the ancient
government, and many such remain to this day. A chief
would claim a certain fish amongst all which frequented the
waters opposite his land, and when the fisherman brought
in his catch the konohiki, or agent of the chief, would insist
on that one kind of fish as his perquisite. Otherwise the sea
was open to all.
Again the king took all the flotsam and jetsam which came
to the coasts of any part, and whale bone or teeth was his
especial perquisite.
The tabu system was very onerous and burdensome on the
people. A particular bird would be ordered to be tabued to
the king, or a chief, and woe betide the bird-catcher who did
not make returns of all such as was caught by the bird-lime




64


The Master Planter; or


smeared on the trees by him. Women were not permitted to
eat many things that it was proper for men-as pork, fish of
some kinds, bananas, cocoanuts, etc. Of course, they did do
so, but had to do it surreptitiously, and many were put to
death when informed on by enemies.
The men did most of the work of cultivating and preparing the food, and in this respect differed from the Indians of
North America. In fact, women, amongst the Hawaiians, stood
on a higher plane than among other races.
The origin of a distinction between chiefs and commoners
was told to "Kansas" in this way, viz.: that originally all men
were chiefs and some fell from their high estate and became
vagabonds and servants or slaves amongst strangers, and multiplied. This is the opposite of the white man's theory, viz.:
that all were commoners, but by physical superiority sonie
succeelded in getting their fellows down or to cause themselves to be looked up to.
The konohiki of the chief would ruthlessly take the poor
man's pig or fowls without any thought of remuneration, and
his taro would be selquestered whenever it pleased the chief
or his satellites to take it. A man could never know what was
his own, whether it was his wife or daughter, animal or
product of his labor. Notwithstanding all the hardship which
the  peolle en(lur-el and the absolutism  under which they
lived, they throve and multil)lied and probably would have
kept on doing so but for the advent of the white man and the
introduction )y him of disease, rum, a superficial demand for
luxuries, and the breaking up of their homnes.
\Vhen first the white man camie he found the natives a hospitable, friendly race, willing to be led to the right and respecting
the superior wisdom of the stranger. They are still a hospitable,
kindly people, who are in no ways malicious or vindictive.
One of the phases of life amongst the ancient Hawaiians
was their indefatigable perseverance and application in working up tools, weapons, and culinary vessels from the hardest
of woods with the simple instruments of stone which they
had. A certain quality of flint was found on the higher elevations on the mountains of Hawaii and Maui, which they
deftly split and tied to the fork of a small branch of a tree
and used as an adze. This was their main tool, and with it
was fashioned the remarkably symmetrical calabashes and
canoes so largely used by them. In cutting down the im



Life ih the Caize Fields of Hawcaii.


6 5


mueise trees from which their canoes were made, the labor,
wvith such instrumilents, was enormous. Stone axes aud p)oiJ)estles were, by these flint adzes, fashioned from  hard volcanic stones, as well as maika`- stones, which they used in a
favorite game.
\Vhen an enemy conquered a Ipart of an island and felt they
could not hold it, they ruthlessly destroyed any fruit trees, as
the cocoanut or breadfruit. This was an enormous task, but
they would sit around the bole of the tree, as many as could
get near it, and the incessant tunking   at it with their blunt
inistrumients would bring the monarch to the g-round. As a
samlple of rude lariarisni this is only excelled by the mllodern
1bomiblarding of cities aiind the (lestructiol of the homes of noncomibatants of our (ay.
The canoes and calabashes, having been shaped by the rude
tool, were finished by hand. Pumnice stone from the volcano
w%,as used to rub down the inequalities left by the tool, and
shIiark skin, and breadfruit leaves were usedl for the final
polish. These calabashes were so symmetrically made, that
althoough round bottom,,ed they could be filled wvith water
wN-ithout tilting.  Better work cannot be cone on a lathe by
an exlerienced turner.
IPriinting by moveahle blocks was wvell uni-derstood l y old HaThat is, inunmerable blocks wvith exceedingly b-veaui'fill (lesigns, were kept by eXlperts by which they applied rare
Datterns to the quilts and cloaks or capes of the chiefs. Ouir
hiero has seen hundreds of these printingcr blocks, and learned
fromn the natives the pigments used bv them   in making the
colore( inks which they applied in making- the beautiful patterns on those garments.   Some were oil colors and others
water-colors, both of -which were l)rel'ared by rubbing up the
iglent I~between smooth stonies, and then, mixing with either
w-aftcr or oil, they were applied in the samte mianner   as we have
Seen wallpaper manufacturers applly   their design,-s by hand.
A native friend of "Kaansas" had a large collection of these
lecantiful (lesigus, which evtidentIv had been mia(le not only
byV natural artists but by an infinituide of labor from bamiiboo
or- hard woods.
A ~rikla, was a name given by ancient Hawaiians to a ronnd, smooth
"aenr and to the game in which it was played.  The stone -was also
"ll,"d iiu or olohu. Tie gamie required mnuchli muscular exertion, and
he result was wagered upon.




66


The Master Planter; or


Those skilled in carving or sculpture were much respected
by the masses, and had the appellation "kahuna kalaiwaa," or
one skilled in canoe making or other such work, and were
sup)posed to have occult powers.
Our hero asked such a one if he made gods.  I-Ie replied
that formerly he did so but now he could not do it. On being
asked if there was no more demand for such, he answered
that some people still came to him, men who were kahunas
and lived on the suplerstitions of the credulous.
H-e said "that all the gods of the ancient times, whether
made of wood or feathers, or of stone, were ugly and fiercelooking gods, and their power lay in the teachings of the
priests, who said they were angry or would be if any taboos
were broken or if they were opposed by any one.  Our God,
sail lie, cannot be angiiry, he is a God of love.  It is therefore
impossible to make a god which will be angry, as there is no
such thing. God made us all and he loves us the same as we
love and admire anything that we make with much labor,
and it would be only laughable to try to impersonate a being
so pleasant and who dwelt in the hearts of all his creatures."
"Kansas" was surprised to hear such expressions froml a
kanllaka, prol)ably a grandson of a veritable pagan, but as he came
nearer in thought to the people lie found that the teachings
of the missionaries had taken a deeper h1old on them than
many gave credit for. Having been brought up a Puritan, he
had been taught to fear God, and the threat of hell had been
constantly held up before him, and lo! and behold, away out
in the Pacific he was learning a broader religion.
To revert to canoe making, which was the largest industry
among the ancients: When it was determined to make a
canoe a skilled man was brought into the woods to select a
tree. Naturally he used a certain amount of incantation to
impress upon the people his supernatural powers, but in
reality he was shrewd in many ways. Hte would select a tree
suitable, first in being capable of being removed when the
work was complete.  Secondly, one which was sound and of
the proper length in the main trunk; and of several would
take the one which was the easiest to work at.
In the tropical forests all large trees are covered with parasitical climbers, the cutting away of which with the rude intruments they had was almost as much labor as to fell the
nlammoth.  This done, while as many as could get near the




Life in the Cane Fields of Hawaii.


67


base hewed at it with their stone axes, others were above
working on the immense limbs.     They made it fall in the
proper direction by hauling on it with ropes made of the ieie vine
-and then the real work began.
Only on some kinds of wood was fire used to gouge out the
interior; the main work was done with the flint adzes both
within and without. When finished and painted and to celebrate the great work, a feast followed, as we celebrate a birthday.
If we can imagine the immense fleet of canoes which Kalaniopuu brought from HIawaii in his attempted conlltuering of
Maui, and which was said to be so enormous that the fourmile beach between Makena and Kalepolep)o was not long
enough for each canoe to put its prow on shore, and the men
had to climb over the canoes which could touch, we can have
some idea of the huge canoe-building enterprise which preceded the formation of this armada.  Singularly, this armada
was even more disastrous to its promoters than the fate which
met the Spaniard in his attempt to subjugate e te Anglo-Saxon,
for here fell the chivalry of Hawaii, from which shock it never
recovered.  Six hundred chiefs fell in one battle, and with them
perished much of the learning and glory of the ancients.* Kalaniopuu, King of Western Ilawaii, was born in 1752. In 1778 he
waged a disastrous war against Kahehili, King of Maui, and Kameliameha then fought as a soldier under his banner. Kalaniopuu died in
April, 1782, leaving his kingdom to his son, Kiwalao. About three
months later, in a battle between Kamehanmeha and Kiwalao and his
party at Keomo, Hawaii, Kamehamneha triumphed, Kiwalao was slain,
and Keona became King of Kau and Puna.




CHAPTER XVI
THE HAWAIIANS: WIIENCE CAME THEY AND THE FLORA OF THEIR
ISLANDS?-TIEIR KNOWLEDGE OF MEDICINE AND SURGERY.
*    ANSAS" having studied botany in connection with his
business of gardening and nursery keeping, was probably more interested in the flora of the islands than
the ordinary visitor. IHe noted the great number of trees
and plants found on the islands which were similar to those
growing on islands at great distances toward the South and
West.   This group was isolated by nearly 2000 m'iles from
the nearest islands of the Pacific and from which these flora
must have come.     They had evidently been carried by the
people in olden times in their migrations, as otherwise their
presence could not be accounted for.
le had learned from the song and saga of the natives that
the first immigrants had come up from       the Southern seas.
They had evidently brought with them such seeds or cuttings
of useful trees as they had been accustomed to, and whose
qualities, medicinal or otherwise, were requisite in their domestic econony.     The cocoa-nut, probably the most useful
to all savage races of all the fruit trees, could by no possible
current have been carried to tlese islands.*    The same could
* r'his positive statement is ol)en to criticism.  It may be a fact that
cocoanuts were brought to these islands by people in boats, and that none
ever drifted liere in oeeatn currents; still there seemis to be authority for
the statement that boats adrift at sea have been brought to these shores,
by wind and currents, and if boats why not cocoanuts, or any other
flotsam?  'There is a legend that in early days a Japanese junk drifted
ashore at Waialua, on )Oahu; and so late as 1898 a little schooner from
Tahiti, the "Tetautua,' which tried to make Penrhyn from Scilly island,
lost its course and reckonling, if it ever had any, and landed at Hookena,
Hlawaii —more than 2,000 miles -away-a stranige land to the people
abroad.  (Vide twelfth report of tile Hawaiian Historical Society). Information obtained from a. legendary source may be taken with a "'pinch
of salt"; this applies to the junistory, of course. but it also has relevancy
to the flora, and pleople, that were on these islands when written history
commenced.  II other words, legends stand as we receive them, often,
only because we are unable to disprove them.




Life it the Cane Fields of Hawaii.


69


be said of the bread-fruit, a seedless tree, only propagated
from shoots from the roots.
The dissemination of plants and trees amongst the various
atols, islands and archipelagoes of the Pacific is accounted for
in many ways, principally by currents, winds, birds, and lastly
and perhaps greatest, by human means. Very favorite trees
as the kou, milo, hau, kamani, kukui, ti, wauke, ohia, ai; and
amongst plants the sugar cane, yam, pia, awapuhi, olona,
banana, taro, ape, uala, calabash, bottle-gourd, and awa or
piper mcthysticuin, are such as have no doubt been brought by the
original inhabitants.
The study of botany and the affinity of those on the Hawaiian Islands to similar growths found elsewhere, may be
of some aid in tracing the origin of this peculiar people.
Others have endeavored to trace their origin by studying and
comparing their language, manners and customs, religion,
and similarity of habits with peoples of continents or other
groups of islands, and have concluded that their ancestors
came from Asia through the chain of islands running southeast from India to Australia.
The discovery of the Hawaiian archipelago and the mrigrations which have followed would conclusively prove that a
greater knowledge of navigation and astronomy was possessed
by the ancients than we have given them credit for. All immigrants have named new localities in accordance with names
in the beloved land from which they emigrated. In America
we find Plymouth, New IBedford, New Orleans, Nuevo Leon,
etc., and by this means it is possible to trace the origin of
the early settlers of those places, even should literature be
utterly destroyed. We find in Hawaii names of districts
similar to those in the older islands of Java and Sumatra,
such as Hawaii (Java-iki), Hamakua, Koolau, Waimea, etc.
The fact of finding so many trees and pllants similar to those
of the East Indies, which by no natural nrmeans could have been
carried to this distant, isolated group, would confirm the impression that the Hawaiians emigrated from that part of the
world.
"Kansas" delighted to make use of his Yankee inquisitiveness, and make inquiry as to the names and various uses each
plant or tree was put to by the natives, and was continually
surprised to note the great knowledge they had of the flora




70


The Master Planter; or


of the islands. Naturally, amongst a people so circumscribed
as the Hawaiians, and whose horizon was so limited, their attention would be turned to the resources of their own country.
Every thing that was edible was known to them, many of
which without the action of fire or condiments would be deleterious.  Emergencies had caused them  to use plants that
otherwise would not be eaten. Thus we find that the root of
the tree-fern was in times of famine resorted to to sustain life.
From the fronds of some fern a succulent greens was made. Taro,
itself, without cooking is extremely acrid and poisonous. In
a raw state, when grated, they used it as a medicine. Vessels
of clay they had not, and the only thing that would stand fire
was the cocoanut shell, wherein by dropping hot stones into
the water, boiling water was obtained. Baking in ti-leaves
and the large leaves of other plants was admirably conducted.
Salt was made by evaporating sea water, and sometimes this
was done by carrying the water in calabashes to great distances and there evaporating it.
Clay (Hawaiian equivalent, ")paollo," sticky mud, adhesive
dirt) was much used( in surgery in putting the broken limb in a
case anl wrapping the whole in leaves.  They boasted of their
great success in this line.  It certainly is a great antiphlogistic,
and their action has been followed by our own surgeons.  The
juices of some fruits, as the noni, were used as remedies to prevent the falling of the hair.
The astringent and laxative qualities of many roots and
herbs were well known, and the kahunas practiced medicine
successfully, although such practice was accomp)anied with
considerable  humbuggery  and  many   incantations.  Like
Christian Science believers, they considered it necessary to
first obtain the confidence of the patient and then treat his
malady, although, unfortunately, some of the believers in
Christian Science would attempt to cure without using the
remedies which the Creator has placed in their hands.
It would not be wise to attempt, in a book of this nature,
to recite all that "Kansas" learned of the medicinal virtues of
herbs and plants known to the Hawaiians, hundreds of which
he made note of. They were frequently inclined to invent
stories for his edification, and it was thought great fun to give
false information in the matter of the uses of vegetable
products.




Life in the Cane Fields of Hawzaii.


71


Life, to a native, appeared to be one round of frivolity, and
it was rarely that one was met who gave a thought to the
future or to laying up a contingency against a rainy day or old
age. Life in the tropics is notoriously easy, and in the old
times, when wants had not multillied, the cultivation of a
small tract was sufficient to supply food for a large number
when eked out with the products of the sea, in the taking of
which the natives were adepts.
In another chapter a somewhat lengthy account will be.given of the food stuffs of the islanders and of the manner of
preparing them. "Kansas," for his own amusement, edification and pastime made a study of the primie necessaries of life
among the people, as well as of their knowledge of the arts
and sciences prior to the advent of the foreigner. To this he
had added the acquired knowledge of the working of the
feudal system, and of the origin of the titles to real property.
The study of these matters brought him into close relations
with some of the most advanced of the natives, and a great
increase of his knowledge of the vernacular, all of which
plroved of much value to him, as we will notice in future
chapters.




CHAPTER XVII
HAWAIIAN HOSPITALITY AND CUSTOMS-PAGEANTRY OF A ROYAL
TOUR AROUND THE ISLAND OF OAHU.
ERE the author takes the liberty of inserting a chapter
which has appeared in the Commercial Advertiscr, an(l
which, although written by himself, was said to be the
best pen picture of Hawaiian hospitality and customs which
has appeared in print. The edition was soon exhausted, there
being many demands for it to send abroad.
Editior Advertiser: --- hand you herewith a description of a tour around
the Island of Oahu as told to me by imy friend, the lion. John A. Cumrnis (one of the last of the Htawaiian Clliefs), which I am sure will be
of interest to many of your old-time subscribers, and also will show the
nalihinis how tle Hiawaiian entertained.
Yours truly,                    JAS. W. GImvIN.
On October 10th, 1875, I received a letter from Her Majesty
Queen Emma, stating that she wished to see me. As I ha(l
opposed her election and she knew I had been very instrumental in securing tlle election of IT. M. Kalakaua, on calling
at her house I was agreeally surprised at the pleasant reception she gave nme. However, her husband, the late King Kamehameha IV, and I had been schoolmates and intimate
friends, and during his reign I frequently entertained him at
\Waimanalo, and on more than one occasion I had the opllortunity of doing some kindness for H-er Majesty. She ma(le
no mention of the past opposition to her, but asked me to accompany her on a tour around the Island of Oahu.
I had always honored and respected Her Majesty above all
the Princes it had been my fortune to meet, and I have kno\wn
all from the days of Kamehameha II to the present time, alnd
I resolved to make her tour of the island one of Creat pleasure
a.nd( comfort to her as well as one of note in Hawaiian history. I am also a chief, descended on my mother's side from




Life in the Cante Fields of Hawaii.


73


the same line of chiefs in Puna, Hawaii, from which sprang
Kamehameha I, and Kalakaua.
Being familiar with the sports of the H-awaiians and somewhat posted in Hawaiian mythology and occult mysteries, as
well as being an adept at fishing and the preparation of the
foods of the people, I knew I could make her tour a pleasant
one. At that time I had considerable resources at command,
being the konohiki, or lord of Waimanalo, and owner of hundreds of horses and cattle.
The Queen asked me to fix a (late convenient to me for the
beginning of the grand tour, and requested me to take charge
of all the details of the procession.
I decided that Guy Fawkes' Day, the 5th of November,
should be the day of leaving Honolulu. Notices were put in
the papers and also posters sent to prominent parties in different parts of the island, fixing (lates at which the cavalcade
would arrive, and I endeavored to meet all those arrangements.
On that (lay, in riding down Nuuanu avenue from Waimanalo at 6:30 a. m., I saw a great many men, women and children carrying baskets and bundles of leis, some of ilima, some
of marigolds, somle of lehua blossoms and of ahihi (lone up
in wrappers of ti-leaf and banana; lei lehua ahihi woven with
maile, hala fruit leis done up in solid bundles as pai-ai or
hard poi is put up, all being carried to their gracious Queen
Emma.
I had breakfast with Her Majesty and her mother, at which
were present Peter Kaeo, Kunuiakea, and other high chiefs,
at 7 a. m. At this hour the city and surroundilng country
were covered with mist and a light rain was falling in the
valleys, and as the sun shone on them innumerable rainbows
and in some instances double rainbows were l)ro(luced, which
some prognosticated to indicate an auspicious commencement
of our pageant.
I had brought in some of my best horses, and gave Her
Majesty an animal of fine pedigree named "Kekonikauaikanahele" for her sole use, and which she rode throughout the
journey. He appeared to realize that he was carrying royalty,
and, although cavorting from side to side and mMaking as
much of an exhibition as a good horse can do, he was as
gentle as any lady could wish.




74


The Miaster Plantcr; or


Kuliono and Makapuu.
After breakfast the cavalcade was put in order. It consisted
of one hundred and forty women, riding astride, dressed in
the brightest colors the stores of Honolulu afforded. The
pa-u or riding habit of the women consists of a long piece
of bright print wrapped around the hips and extending down
to the stirrup, from whence it flares out behind when the
horse is in motion.
The impression as we swept through the streets on our
dashing horses must have been gorgeous. Her Majesty and
myself led the procession, followed by her mother and other
chiefs. The streets of Honolulu were thronged with people to
witness the grand sight, and it would appear that the whole
city and many from the country had turned out to see the
departure. WVe rode down Nuuanu street and along King
and up into Beretania and thence out towards Kamoiliili. At
Kuliouou we were entertained at luncheon by Mr. and Mrs.
Pico. They had provided all the luxuries to which foreigners
are accustomed, and also a magnificent native luau. The food
was exceedlingly p)lentiful and much more than was necessary.
even for so large a number. We got away from there at 1
p. mi. and rode down across the plains of Kaea, Kamehame,
and along the paved way to the foot of Makapuu.
On Mlakapllt point stood the hula god Malei,* which was lduly
saluted, and we descended the precipice. Here the royal party
saw a sight sucll as they had not expected, and such as will never
i)e seen in Hawaii again. Six mounted knights in red costume and
red visors, carrying torches, presented arms to the Queen. As
the procession wended its way onward every three hundred
yards an arch bearing a motto in the Hawaiian language presented itself, welcoming Her Majesty to the Koolaus. No two
of these mottos were alike, and some were from the ancient hidden tongue known only to the cliiefs. These letters were constructed of combustibles and burned until the whole cavalcade
reached my home-place, "Mauna Rose," a distance of four miles.
Waimanalo.
All the arrangements for welcoming the Queen had been made
by me or through my orders.  Her arrival was welcomed by a
*A modern, powerful United States lighthouse stands there now.




Life in the Canze Fields of Hawaii.


75


corps of men blowing horns made from lauhala leaves. All the
residents of the neighborhood had assembled to see their beloved Queen, and as she passed lay prone on the ground out of
deference to old Hawaiian customs, although such usage had
passed and was not expected of them by Her Majesty.
I had erected two very large lanais which were covered with
cocoa palm leaves, either one of which would have seated 200
guests.  At 5:30 p. m. Her Majesty, the chiefs, and the whole
party sat down to a feast of all the good things of which the
Hawaiians are so fond. At 8:30 p. m. the luau was over and
the hula began.  I had made arrangements for illuminations
and fireworks, and rockets were fired from the precipitous mountains in the rear. Blue lights and other pyrotechnics enlightened
the heavens and made the night brilliant, and three hundred
torches burned throughout the night. Three sets of hula dancers
and singers relieved each other through the night, and daylight
found the hula still fresh. This entertainment lasted three whole
(lays and nights.  At 8 a. m. two tables sufficient to accommodate two hundred guests were spread for breakfast. The
preparation of poi, fish of many kinds and served in many forms,
as dried, lawalued, fried, boiled, etc., had occupied the services
of several good stewards, and good stewards among the Hawaiians are adepts at such luaus.
Among the good things Hawaiians relish most is limu, or
sea-weed, and at this luau a great many kinds were served, to
mention the names of which would only be confusing. Naturally
foreign delicacies were not neglected, and tea, coffee, chocolate,
cake, bread and butter, meats of all kinds were served in profusion as called for at each feast, for it was a round of feasts.
After breakfast, on the first day, all parties proceeded to amuse
themselves in such manner as life in the country afforded. Probably half of the party went to the mountains to gather maile,
awapuhi, ohawai, palapalai and hala fruit to make leis for the
afternoon. The other half remained at home; and I prepared
some rare fishing sports.  It was a great day with the fishermen, who excel in that part of the island.
Quantities of fish of many kinds were caught. Amongst these
were honu or turtle, ula, opihi, okala, uhu, Ipalani, hee, ohua,
manini, kumu and others. Fisherman Malokea, and his large
gang of men and women with sweeping nets caught lots of moi,
sandfish, akule, and others, the sweepers covering a distance of




76


The Master Planter; or


five miles of beach from Muliwaiolena to Puukiloia. Her Majesty and most of the party had a sea-bath and witnessed sports
on the water before returning to Mauna Rose.
Puewai of Puha.
In the meantime I had a gang of men at work preparing to
open the bar at the mouth of Puha river. This bar or dam had
accumulated for some years and much water was backed up. I
had seen this opened on a former occasion, and the sports of the
natives in swimming the raging waters, and determined to give
Her Majesty and party a view of this ancient sport. To this end
I had a gang of men cut and carry away much of the embankment so that but little would be required to bring down the flood.
An opening of 20 feet or more having been made in the dam
the water rushed out at the rate of 30 knots or more. The bore
or surge caused was very high, and only t\yo men and two women
dared to play on this water-surf, called Pue-wai. One strong
man of fine form went across and back holding up the tip end
of his malo. This was the grand sport of the (lay and was the
subject of comment by all who witnessed it. Her Majesty presented each of these four with $Ioo and four pair of red blankets.
"HIee-Pte-Wai" was a bye-word for several (lays thereafter.
At 4 o'clock p. m. the whole party, augmented by many from
the (Koolaut district, sat (lown to a l)bountiful and elaborate dinner. Four clief stewards looked after the welfare of the guests
and two chefs de cuisine took charge of the foreign part of the
entertainment. Amongst the provisions prepared were ten hogs,
one whole bullock cooked in different styles, ducks and turkeys
in quantity, also fish of all descriptions served in as many imaginable ways.  During the night one table was kept supplied with
food and drinkalles.  On the second night the bonfires on the
mountains were kept up all night.
The second breakfast was not so well attended, many of the
guests having indulged too freely in fresh pork.
On tile 7th I decided to give an exhibition of my trained
horses, and other sports were also introduced at Hunananiho. I
had then eleven horses under training, all of which were thorouglhbreds; and four jockeys. The races were very good, and as
Hawaiians are lovers of the sport the whole party had a rare
treat.




Life in the Cane Fields of Hawaii.


77


Every day while the Queen was at Waimanalo large quantities of fish of all descriptions were brought in. Her Majesty
was in good health and entered into the joys of the people, riding and driving around the country.  I taught her to use the
rifle, and she did some excellent slooting, on several occasions
smashing a bottle at 140 yards, and could cut a twine with a
rifle ball at a long distance.
The people from all parts of the Koolaus kept arriving and
bringing in their hookupuis, or gifts, of foodstuffs.  New hula
dancers also presented themselves as the reputation for the distribution of prizes spread throughout the island.  I had to send
much of the eatables away to Judge Pii's house at Kaneohe,
where the next station of the procession was to be. Notwithstanding the great concourse of people to be entertained, my
work was made comparatively easy by the genial disposition of
the people and the faculty Hawaiians have of caring for thelmselves. The presence of the Queen forbade any rudeness or undue existence of spirit, or quarreling, amongst this largl-  number of guests.
Kanleohe.
After another grand breakfast on the eighth, the whole party
being ready, we made a start for Kancohe by way of Alele. It
w as a great crowd, all on horseback and all dressed in:)right
colors, with beautiful leis. The cavalcade was led by six mounted
knights in red with burning torches. Many people stood on the
Pali to witness the c,)urse of the procession.:At the bountdary of WVailea I had an immense bonfire. Here I
hlad erected an iunmense arch of fire fifteen feet high through
which each member of tlle Iarty was compelled to ride. Tlle
arch was covered with gunny sacks saturated with kerosene and
then covered with ieie vine.  At high moon 1Her Majesty and I
rode through this hool) of fire followed by thie balance of tle procession. We thus left the boundary of my land, and were in
Kailua, from where we had a view of our own party on the plain
of Alele.
At Judge Pii's house at Kaneohe great preparations for entertaining on a grand scale had been made.  I had two men in
charge of the three hundred torches and pack horses for the
same. Two more cared for the eatables and drinkables, and four




78


The Master Planter; or


more bringing horses and a Concord buggy and double team of
black horses. Here the hula kept up all night, and no sleep
could be had.
I Vaikan c.
After breakfast the next morning the procession took up
its way to Waikane, to Mr. Kamealoha's place. I drove the
Queen behind my black span and her mother followed in her
carry-all. Good humor and joviality sat on every feature, and
with oli and mele the procession made its way to its destination at the next station. Her Majesty appeared very much
gratified at the numerous expressions of good will, and once
remarked to me that if I had caused her to be elected she assuredly would have appointed me one of her ministers. I
relplie(l that although my father was an Englishman, he believed it was for the best interests of the country that there
should be a king at the head of the nation rather than a
Queen, and that it was preferable that American influence
should sway the throne rather than English, as we feared it
would be if we elected tier Majesty. Also that I had asked
her what her wishes were on a former occasion, and she had
assured me that she did not contempllate being a candidate
for election to the throne. Arriving at Kamealoha's place,
through six magnificent arches of evergreen, we found preparations to entertain a thousand people. Her Majesty and
party were here assured of a most hearty welcome. \ithout
being tautological, I can say that the immensity of leis of
hala-fruit and others that were prepared for our adornment
was stupendous. To describe the great fish prepared in many
styles, both raw, dried and cooked, the hogs, poultry and
lelicious comestibles would take more space than I can afford, although not more than the love displayed by her people ldeserves.  Notwithstanding the immense number to be
fed, the hookupus, or gifts of food, had increased the store
of provisions to such an extent that from there I was compelled to send by the schooner "Rob Roy," to Her Majesty's
residence in Honolulu, nine live hogs, eight bundles of dried
mullet, six barrels poi, two dozen fowls, etc.  Kamealoha
had two large thatch houses and a large school house at his
com'mand for sleeping quarters, and had erected an immense
lanai for the luau. He was a well-to-do citizen, and as gen



Life int the Calze Fields of Hawaii.


79


erous and hospitable as any whom we met on the grand tour.
At night the torches burned and the hula went on, and
joviality and free intercourse was the rule.
After breakfast the next day, all feeling refreshed, the procession proceelded on its way, to l-ahana.  Before arriving
there the cavalcade passed through a region where melons
grew profusely, and the residents passed to those of the party
who would accept, goblets of fermented nmelon juice and tiroot cider, which both refreshed and inspirited them.
ITere a Chinese, Apakana, and his Hawaiian wife, Mary, a
sister of Kamakini, received us all very warmly and had made
great preparations for our entertainment. To see two hundred horses tied out in the grounds and their accoutrements
on fences and trees, alone was a novelty. This foreigner, Apakana, seemed to vie with the Iawaiians in his endeavor to
entertain Her Majesty and suite in form commensurate with
her rank. The feast he and his wife spread out was amlple
for twice the number of our party, although our numblers appeared to steadily increase. There was a plethora of poi,
sweet potatoes, rice, hogs, fish, raw and cooked(; more than
enough for five hundred people for four (lays. Here we saw
the largest oios, a most delicious fish, which we had on the
grand tour. Crowds of people joined us here, some leading
pack-horses loaded with melons, sugar cane, bananas, cocoanuts, dried fish, etc. Excepting Her Majesty and a few others,
all went in bathing in the large river there.
Pilt  allu it.
After a late breakfast the procession took up its journey
to Punaluu. Here were three very large thatch houses. The
natives there had a hui, or ownership in common, and we
remained with them two days, but were no burden to them
as we carried so large a store of provisions. The hula and
speech-making was kept going continually, and it was the
noisiest place we found in the grand tour, even the Chinese
adding to the din with their firecrackers. The feasting appeared to be continuous. The provisions multiplied to such
an extent that I was compelled to send a schooner from there




80


The IMastcr Planter; or


to Honolulu with ten bags rice, ten barrels poi, ten bags sweet
potatoes, ten hogs and pigs and two dozen fowls.
We left there on Wednesday morning, intending to make
Lane's place at Hauula that night, and had forwarded much of
our provisions and paraphernalia there. When about to start
from I'unaluu one of the principal natives, Keaunui, invited
the Queen to take a surf-ride in his two and one-half fathom
canoe. Hle was a very large and fine-looking man, and had a
great local reputation.  He had about fifty fathoms of small
line and two horses, the intention being to pull the canoe just
inside the breakers, parallel with the beach for a distance of
four mniles. The beach terminated at his house, where lie had
prepared a fine luau for the Queen and party. Her Majesty
declined to go in the canoe with Keaunui, but said she would
go with me, having more confidence in my care of her. VWe
got out of the buggy and I purchased 125 fathoms of line at
a Chinese store, and one of my boys took the kinks out of it.
I had it made fast close to the fore out-ri.gger of the canoe so
that it forced the canoe out about 100 fathoms. I had nothing
on butt a malo andl l)roa(d-brinlmed straw hat.  The Queen
left her shoes and stockings and got into the canoe and sat
down, holding firmly by the out-rigger.  The beach was
crowded(l witlh 1)ep)le to witncss the great sight of a C)ueen
taking a l)erilous ri(le in the surf. I had two good horses at
the end of the long- rol)e and gave the canoe a strong shove
(ctit to sea andl jUlllel)C( il at tlhe sam11e tinite. '1The horses went
full speed along the bleach. I turned my pal(lle up and kept
the canoe ()out the full length of the rope, an(1 the speed must
have been thirty knots. Then I played with the Queen, dipping the out-rigger into the sea, which threw the spray over
us, causing a rainbow to those on the beach. The Chinese
left their rice fields to see this great surf-riding. In the canoe
the Queen only was visible. W\e had the rushing of the surf
and the sp)eed of the horses to propel us, an(l flew through the
water. Her Mlajestv enjoyed the perilous surf ri(de, although
she was wet througih and througlh when we landed at Keaunui's house. E1ight strapping kanakas lifted the canoe and
1)oth of us out of the sea and carried us up to the house at
Kallaka, Koolauloa. Although Kealunti had his feast ready,
we had to go up to Kaliuwaa waterfalls to bathe and get the
brine off and change our clothing. The natives carried both
the Queen and myself to Kaliuwaa. Kekela, the Queen's




Life il the Cane Fields of Hawaii.


81


mother, remained at Kapaka until our return. This waterfall
is also one of the historical points on the Island of Oahu,
about which many legends are told. After swimming, high
julmping, diving and other sports in which the large crowd
joined in the beautiful pool there, refreshing drinks were
passed around amidst great hilarity. The pool is about fifty
feet across, very cold and quite deep.
Hanula and Laicnialoo.
On our return to Keaunui's we enjoyed the great feast he
had prepared. He had every Hawaiian luxury that could be
desired. iWe left there quite late, but many of our party had
gone ahead to Hauula, Mr. Lane's place. We did not arrive
until 10 p. m., and the whole party were tired. I stirred them
all up and got the hula people to make a noise. Mr. Lane
and wife were very much annoyed at us for being so slow in
arriving, as the luau had been ready some hours before. However, they got up a nice breakfast for all the next morning
and we got the procession started for Laiemaloo. Here J. W.
Kupau entertained us. He had eight large houses and one
large lanai.  At this place was the great hula man, Kapuaokahala, and his three daughters. He had the reputation of
being the best hula player in Hawaii-nei. We remained here
two nights and had a grand time. All the residents of the
neighborhood flocked to see the royal train, and they camped
out under the hau and hala trees. There was an abundance of
fat hogs and pigs, beef, poultry and fish. There was much
steamn consumed by the camp-followers, so as to keel) everything going lively. The different kinds of hula, as puniu,
alaa, papa, uliuli, paili. paiumvlauna, etc., were witnessed as
performed by this old-time hula master.
I had to take this crowdc of hula singers to Honolulu with
us to keep up the merriment of the party, and sent the old
crow(l back to their lhomes in Kaneohe, MIokapu, Kailua and
Kaaawa. This new party of hula singers and performers got
the whole procession in good humor. Here the Queen bought
lots of blankets an(d calico for the poor people, and many
shirts called uewahine, an(l gave to them  after breakfast
on the second day. r\e got away for Kahuku, where Judge
Kaluhi entertained us. This is the land of the hala tree. We
had four very large houses, and all the walks around and from




82


The Master Planter; or


house to house were covered with matting called ue. Every
one took care of his own horse and all were welcome. The
viands were most abundant. At night I had all the torches
burning, which lighted up all Kahuku. Our party by this
time had increased to over three hundred, and the number of
visitors and friends from the neighborhood was very large.
At the mlid(lig-lt luau I sent word around among the people that there should be no one leaving here for WXaimea or
Waialua who had not a wreath of hala-fruit, and that we
woul(l leave after breakfast on the morrow.  This caused a
scramble to the woods in the dark to gather the fruit for the
leis. By daybreak every one had a hala lei on and we got
away for Waialua. Her Majesty, her mother, and I drove in
carriages, but the hundreds were on horseback. In all our
traveling we had had no rain, but now we struck a heavy
shower near Judge Kalanipoo's house at Waimea, where we
stopp)e(l anld enjoyed Iiis hospitality.  lie had more than sufficient food prepared for all our 300 and odd people.  The
weather cleared up and we got off to Waialua. Judge Kalanipoo sent two ox-carts loaded with provisions on ahead,
which were left at Ukoa-miakaha, Waialua, at Kaleikini's
place. 11er Majesty and I led the procession, but I had two
of my best horsemen as out-riders, who maintained discipline.
Great lrelarations had been ma(le by Kaleikini, assisted by
Mrs. Apakana, for entertaining the great party.
rlaiall(7, TWIaipo and Moanlalna.
We remained at Waialua four days. No sooner had we
arrived than the natives, men, woimen and children, and loaded
ox-carts fromn all directions began to arrive with their hookupus. I had more provisions than I knew what to do with.
Some of these were for myself, but I passed them all over to
the Queen. Amongst the hookupus was a box of white geese.
marked on the outside "Keoni Kamaki."     Taking it for
granted it was for me, I gave it to the Queen. It developedl
afterwards that the case was for John Dominis, whose native
namte was similar to mine. I had many of my own people
with me and made them care for the goods. At 8 n. m. all
sat down to one of the best dinners I ever saw. After the
Otueen's table was over another was set, and so on all through
the night. Of course the hula kept up and was as noisy as




Life int the Calne Fields of Hawaii.    83
it could be. Owen and John and James Holt, who owned a
large ranch in the vicinity, helped very much in arranging
for the comfort of this great crowd.
The Queen had a head steward who had twenty men under
him, ten of whom guarded by day and ten by night. My
torch bearers renewed their stock of kerosene at every Chinese store throughout the route and looked after their work well.
From WVaialua I took the opportunity to ship by the schooner
"Luka" ten barrels poi, ten sacks sweet potatoes, eight bundles dried anae, three dozen turkeys, four dozen fowls, eleven
large hogs, eleven small pigs, four shcele and one dozen white
geese to be delivered at Her Majesty's house in Honolulu,
directing that there should be given from these to the King
and each of the chiefs a share of each commodity shippe(d.
The hookupus kept on coming in during each day of our stay.
The inhabitants of Waialua district were exceedingly kind
to the Queen and her party. Bundle after bundle of maile
leis and leis of maile laulii o koiahi. Natives from (listant
Waianae brought to I-er Majesty quantities of their famous
fine-flavored cocoanuts, called poka-i. Four (lays in Waialua
seemed to me to be too much, but it did not seem that way
to the people, as they appeared to enjoy themselves very
mitch. Every meal was crowded with them. Bathing parties
were in the sea at all times, as were fishing coteries, while
others were visiting the uplands. It was curious to me to
note that I had no troul)le with this army of friends, but they
were well disciplined and polite. Assuredly Waialua never
saw such a sight before and never will again. Every surfboard in the vicinity was in use, and there were some rare
actors amongst this mass of people, who hailed from all parts
of the island.
On the morning of the fourth day, after another great breakfast, the cavalcade was formed for the rilde towards lHonolulu.
It was one of the most beautiful sights ever seen, to look back
on the procession from the uplands; andl Ier Mlajesty was
continually looking back at the bright colored procession
which followed us, four abreast. There were three hundred
women with gaudy leis of bright flowers and maile wreaths,
their horses also being dlecked out with evergreens.  The
horses pranced and looked well, the women looked fat and
smiling and every face was wreathed in smiles.




84


The Master Planter.


Only the Hawaiian language can describe the joy of the
return pilgrimage.  It was a long ride to Waipio, but we got
there safely and put up at the house of one of the Queen's retainers. He also had a sufficiency to eat, but there was no
rest, as the quarters were limited and the noise fearful. After
breakfast the cavalcade pushed on to Moanalua to Her Highness Keelikolani's house, where great preparations had been
made to entertain so vast a multitude which had still farther
swollen by numbers who had come out from Honolulu to escort us home. An immense lanai had been constructed of
cocoanut leaves, a beautiful structure.  Here all the Hawaiian luxuries were ready for a final luau on an exceedingly
grand scale. I never saw such an abundance of leis made of
lehua blossoms, and cannot imagine where they came from.
Just as the party were ready to partake of the viands a very
heavy shower of rain, accompanied with thunder and lightning, fell, which drenched every one to the skin. Still we
determined to sit through it. I should state that we were
here joined by about two hundred people on horseback from
town.
After the luau we resumed our march towards town, the
Queen on "Kekonikauaikanahele" and I on "Taiehu," which
was a most beautiful white horse with red spots the size of
a dime. Pier Majesty and the horse were covered with leis
of lehua and( pilkaki, and every one of the seven or eight hundred were likewise bedecked with leis. We led the procession, followed by the whole cavalcade, along King street, up
Richards and along 1Beretania to Her Majesty's house.  All
dismounted and bade tHer Majesty farewell, and I took my
men home to Waimanalo, having been fifteen (lays on the
merriest, wildest jaunt of my life.
I am sure I have neglected to tell much of the fun that
went on at each resting place, but the whole was an Hawaiian
holiday according to the ancient custom of enjoyment, and
it is unlikely that such could ever be repeated.




CHAPTER XVIII
THE TRANSFORMATION OF "KANSAS"-FROM "SHIPPED MAN" TO
PLANTATION MANAGER IN ELEVEN MONTHS.
NE evening, as he sat reading, the Chinese steward from the
house rushed in, and in a very excited manner told him,
"Mamma (the planter's wife) wanted him to go there
quick, bossy he fall down dead."  Our hero felt that something
very serious had happened at the house, and in a few strides he
was there.  Here he found everything in confusion, the ladies
wringing their hands and crying, excepting mamma, and she
was on the floor chafing her husband's hands, bathing his
face and calling for remedies, and especially urging them to
send for "Kansas." When he appeared she appealed to him
to save her husband.
"Oh, you can do it," she said, "he had such confidence in
you and said that when anything went wrong to call on you."
"Kansas" found that the planter had fallen from his chair
while sitting quietly amidst his family, in what appeared to
be an apoplectic fit, and was dead from heart failure. te
quickly stripped the clothing from the prostrate man's chest
and applied his ear to endeavor to learn any signs of life.
He fancied he detected a slight murmur of the heart, and
some pulsation at the wrist. He used cold water copiously,
and finding life not extinct took out his knife and opened a
vein in the man's arm and bled him quite freely. His patient
immediately began to show signs of life, and very soon they
were enabled to get him into bed.
One of the servants had gone for the doctor, who lived at
a distance of about four miles. When the doctor arrived, he
approved all that our hero had (lone, and freely conmendedl
him for his prompt action. The doctor said it was a fit of
apoplexy, and it was extremely fortunate that there was some
one on the spot who had the nerve and knowledge to act as
"Kansas" had done, as it had undoubtedly saved the planter's
life.




86


The Master Planter; or


Mamma said openly, "Yes, papa said that if any kind of
trouble came to call on 'Kansas'; he thinks 'Kansas' knows
more about anything than anybody."
Our hero felt flattered; but he had had some experience in
accidents, and had read of similar cases. The ladies made
remarks which showed that they had taken notice of him, although he had not had the honor of an introduction, nor of
conversing with them. Mamma could not refrain from expressing her joy at the restoration of her husband from apparent death, and from her language he knew that he had
often been the theme of conversation in the home.
After a few days the planter was able to be out on the
veranda, but the doctor ordered that he should leave the
plantation and go abroad for a year at least, saying that a recurrence of the fit would probably prove fatal.  His wife
albetted the doctor and pleaded with her husband to take her
East, which he had promised to do at many times, although
each succeeding year found him no better prepared to leave
the islands than the former one. He said he would go but
ha(l no one to leave in charge of the plantation.  He had depended so much on himself, that now in his emergency, there
was no one whom he could leave in charge.
His wife said, "There is 'Kansas,' you say he knows everything, and you owe your life to him."
"Yes," he replied, "'Kansas' would do, but it looks so absur(l to put a contract laborer in charge of a plantation."
It was ITobson's choice, however. He sent for "Kansas"
and made him the proposition that he take the managership of
the plantation. What was his surprise when the man firmly
replied that he could not do it, that he had other plans in
view when his year was out.
"But we will cancel the contract now, and I will pay you
one huntnre(l dollars per month from tllis on," said tie planter.
"Still I could not do it," said "Kansas," "I have other
views and plans, and time is passing. I really came to you on
an ap)prenticeship, and not for pay. TIMy wife and family are
looking forward to our reunion, and I have by your assistance
made a thorough study of the sugar industry, and now that
my apprenticeship draws to a close I feel that I must go into
the business on my own account."
Here was a revelation.
"\Whly, where is your wife?" said mamma.




Life iit the Caule Fields of THawaii.


87


"With our children in Honolulu, and they can hardly wait
until my time is up," replied "Kansas."
"You are an enigma," said iamima; "if I hadl known you
were a married man and that your family was in this country,
I should certainly have insisted on bringing- thein here.
"WVe could not well live on eight dollars a mionth," said
"Kansas," "and like Abraham of old, I was afraid to admiit
that I had a wife, for fear I would get no employment; I had
tried that too often before."
"I knew you had a wife," said the planter, "for ily captain
told me that he had talked with her about you in H onolulu,
but I did not give the matter any weight."
"Kansas," said the planter, "I will make you a fair prol)osition. Now lring your family here, take the home and all as
it stands, carriages and all, manage the plantation, and I will
pay you three thousand dollars per year for three years."
"W\ell, Mr., your prol)osition appears to be fair,
and it certainly is as good as forty-five hundred dollars a year,
but it is youlr proposition. 1-Iere is mine: You are content
with your present receipts, are you not?"
"Yes," said the planter.
"Now," said "Kansas," "I propose to accept your offer, with
the addition that you give me, besides, fifty per cent. of all
I shall raise in excess of what you have done during the past
season."
"I accept the terms," said the l)lanter, feeling that he was
dealingo with a stronger mind than his own.
A lawyer was sent for and a contract, embodying the specified terms, was drawn up and executed in (dul)licate. First
the original contract was produced and( cancelled. The planter's wife begged "Kansas" to give her the contract, as she
wanted to have it framed. "O(h, no, said(l our hero, "that represents eleven months of servitude, andl my wife will prize it
more than you."
lTe then welnt to Honolulu to get Iiis wife and family, and
he could not help feeling the vast difference between the cabin
fare and comfort as compared with the trip of misery he had
(:n (leek a year ago. The lmeetin, with his wife will not be (lescribed. She could hardly realize that this sunburned, swarthy
man was the same individual she had taken for better or for
worse so many years ago.
She was now to rank as a planter's wife, and his draft was




88


The Master Planter.


to be honored to the extent of thousands. How did it all come
about? She felt that all their cares were ended, and that he
only received a just reward of merit. He knew that they were
only at the foot of the ladder, and that years of labor and care
were ahead of himl.
After a week's stay in Honolulu, where they purchased such
necessaries as would be needed, and where he presented his
letters of introduction to the agents, they took passage for Kahului. They were met by the planter with carriages and
driven up to the ranch. They were the cynosure of all the
beach-combers of Kahului.
"Wall, I swow," said one old blatherskite, "if that ain't H's
bullock driver."
"I'll be jiggered," said another, "if you couldn't knock me
down with a feather."
All united in saying that he was a hard-working man, and
as smart as a steel trap; but they seemed to think it could not
be right for a bullock driver and a "shipped hand" to be elevated to the position of manager of a plantation. One said
he was a millionaire in disguise, and had merely played it on
the old man to acquire a knowledge of the extent of the resources of the plantation. Another said that he had bought
the plantation, and that Farwell, who made out the papers,
had said as much as that.
The planter and his wife welcomed "Kansas" and his wife
and the two families became quite intimate during the interval prior to the departure of the old planter and his household on their long journey.




CHAPTER XIX
HAWAII LEADS THIE WORLD IN SCIENTIFIC SUGAR CANE CULTIVATION.
MARY, the old parson's daughter, came to bid the planter
and his family a loving farewell, and met "Kansas's"
wife and little ones.
"Oh, Mrs. H., said she, "I knew all about 'Kansas's' wife
and family, and it was a mutual understanding that I should
say nothing about them to any one."
"Well, Mary," said Mrs. H., "you are the one woman of
my acquaintance who can keep a secret."
Mrs. H. emphatically asserted what she would have done if
she had known that "Kansas" had a wife and little ones in
Honolulu, and from her well-known friendly, hospitable character we can readily believe she would have taken radical
measures to bring this pair together long ere this. However,
they admitted that after the experience he had had he was
justified in pursuing the course he did, until such times as
he could have a chance of making his value known.
Many of the neighboring planters came to bid adieu to
their old friends, and on being introduced to his successor they
extended the right hand of fellowship and welcomed him
to the society of the community. "Kansas" could not help recalling the expression of the old missionary in Lahaina, "Hawaii-nei is a country where a man finds his level sooner than
in any other." The past year had been of inestimable value
to him in so many more ways than if he had come in at the
top instead of working his way up. Not only had his knowledge of the cultivation of sugar been thoroughly acquired, but
being unharassed by the necessary interruptions of the care
of a family, his general knowledge had been greatly expanded
through his studies and observation. His acquaintance with
the language of the people and the geography of the surrounding country must inure to his benefit in the coming years of
his management.




90


The Mlaster Plalnter; or


After the planter and his family had left, our hero got down
to business in earnest, and the following chapters will show
how he succeeded under his second contract. He knew that
sugar was made in the field and that the technicalities of the
mill and office were secondary. With maps before him of the
fine estate of which he was the manager, and with the payroll
and estimates which he had at hand, he proceeded to plan a
campIaign as scientifically as though it were a game of chess.
lie did not intend to let things go at haphazard.
That labor was becoming scarcer he knew from the conversation overheard between visiting planters, and that its price
would go uip was a certainty. There was therefore a necessity
of meeting this dilemma. He must make the land yield more,
and he must save a larger percentage of the crop. The estate
was a very large one, and the question presented was whether
it was not better to confine the cultivation to a smaller tract,
therely pro(lucing a larger yield, or to go on as it had been
and scatter his hands over the great acreage with no larger
returns.
Il ad the lands been under irrigation, where the rattoons,
when well cultivated, are almost equal to first crop, he would
have deci(led to put in as much as he could get water for. As
the main standby of this plantation must be the first planting,
he decided to merely put in the acreage that he could cultivate
well, and to waste no labor on rattoons unless in certain localities whllere the lav of the land warrante(l an outlay.  He knew
from what lie had gathered fromI the Commissioner's conversation on HTaleakala that the whole soil was alluvion, and that
the leaf mould from decayed ferns, and decomposed lava were
continually being washedl down by the tropical rains and
would enrich the lower lands forever.
Hle knew of the dearth of the rains for surface moisture, but
felt that lie could partially correct that by adding to the soil
its complement, at but a slight expense. His decision was
made that he would aid nature by correcting the soil.  His
agents were overwhelmningly surprised to receive from him an
order for a thousand tons of gypsum, to be procured at Los
Angeles, at a figure not to exceed $3.50 per ton, f. o. b. As
his letter was explicit and definite, they obeyed his instructions, and in a short time his carts were carrying from Kahului
gypsum to be ground and spread along in the trenches when
planting. Te bought a pair of French burs, formerly used in




Life il the CaIIe Filcds of Hawaii.


91


a flour-mill at Wailuku, and having power to spare, he set
them up at the mill to grind the gypsum. Gypsum, you know,
is 46%o sulphuric acid, 33%o lime, and 21% water, in round
numbers. To a soil that was largely alluvion, made up of
leaf mould and decomposed lava, lime was a complement.
The action of the sulphuric acid tended to retain water that
the rootlets might take up the plant food necessary for the
growth of the cane.
Our readers will recall the anecdote of Franklin's endeavors
to persuade his neighbors to use Plaster of Paris on their
lands. Plaster of Paris is merely calcined gypsum. They
ridiculed him, but one of them granted his permission to try
it on a certain field of wheat. The wily old gentleman sprinkled it freely along the field near the road, and long before
harvest passers could read in letters in the higher grain,
*                                             *
*     " THIS FIELD WAS PLASTERED."            *
*                                             *
To this day every farmer in Pennsylvania uses plaster from
some mine in the vicinity, and many have learned that its effect is just as good on the soil when not calcined as when it has
been subjected to the action of fire and the water driven out
of it.
]lut to the soil of this Makawao plantation the lime was exactly what was wanted. To fertilize a crop extending over so
much acreage as was under cultivation on this estate would
require an immensity of capital, )but our hero believed it would
some dlay be done, an(l in the meanwhile he h(letermined to
correct the acidity of the soil in some localities, to manure as
much as possible, and to fertilize as far as he could. Towards
mranuring he collected all the effete leaves and hauled them
to a mulch hole into which triturated the surllus water from
the mill, which had been led in pi)pes from Kaluanui for the
house and mill, to which he added whatever other waste material he could collect; and succeeded in preparing quite a
pile of compost against the next season. To this he added the
droppings from the cattle and sheep, collected from the fields.
After the soil had been plowed and cross-furrowed, and




92


The Master Planter; or


trenched by a mould-board, he spread the manure in the
trenches immediately previous to planting. The seed of cane,
so-called, is really a piece of the cane, and is a foot or more
in length. Probably the best seed is the part nearest the
ground, and like any other plants, vegetables or fruits, the
best results are to be obtained from the best selected seed.
The richness of the lower or butt end of the stalk in saccharine
matter caused the planters to use the upper or valueless part.
In the matter of seed he also knew that it is nature's law that
seed from a distant field produced better cane than the replanting of a space with seed which had grown on the spot,
and the attempt was made by him to import seed from Lahaina and elsewhere, and his theory proved correct.
Although much of the land on this estate was virgin soil, he
knew that to make it produce to its highest capacity it was
as necessary to fertilize the plant on it as it was in older cultivated lands. After the cane was up he supplied each hill
with a fertilizer, a composition of apatite, guano and potash
salts, although he did not fail to first correct and manure the
soil.
At the stage when the cane is about six inches above ground
such a fertilizer had a marvellous effect. It appears to compel
the cane to grow. The great liar of Lahaina said "that he was
unable to sleep at nights from the noise made by the crackling
of the joints of the cane in its growth in the field adjoining
his hotuse."
Rats are a great enemy of the cane, and their gnawings
cause much loss directly and indirectly on a large plantation.
If the rat would confine its attention to a particular stalk
until that was eaten and then attack others, the attention of
the planter would not be so much diverted to him, but they do
not so confine their attacks, and apparently nibble at several
before the appetite is satisfied. "Kansas" felt that it paid to
keep a Chinaman or two continually employed with a score of
rat terriers, who reported daily to the bookkeeper, showing the
tails of his captures each day. Cane thus rat-eaten does not
fall as a rule, but continues to grow. One-half of the stalk
would sour, from the admission of air where the rind or skin
was broken and the other half be sweet. To correct this acidity
at the mill required the use of lime, an over-use of which has
the effect of preventing proper crystallization and of converting grape sugar into glucose. Cane soured by the borer is sim



Life in the Cane Fields of Hawaii.


93


ilar to that which is rat-eaten, and the expense of frequently
stripping the older leaves at the base is very great.
Some planters argued that it were cheaper to stand the loss
from the action of the borer than to pursue expensive stripping. Such a line of conduct cal only result in giving the
borer the opportunity to multiply immeasurably, and would
not only be injurious to any l)articular plantation, but also to
those in the vicinity. It is the same principle on which municipal governments demand of all inhabitants a cleanliness
in their surroundings for sanitary reasons. The good agriculturist will not only keep his fields free from weeds, but will
also persevere in his endeavors to exterminate such pests of
insect or animal life as militate against the welfare of his
crops for his own sake.
Different planters have varied opinions in regard to the details of cultivation of cane. One for instance, whose lands
were under irrigation, insisted that it was unnecessary to
plow the whole land and that to trench across the plain merely
\where the cane was to be planted was sufficient. Ile held that
such procedure involved the use of less water, holding that
disturbed soil would by capillary attraction absorb more water.
Ele was unacquainted with the action of the air and its beneficent effect on plant life. The skin formed on lands, during
non-use, largely prevents the circulation of the life-giving air
to the rootlets, which aids much in causing the fermentation
necessary for the production of plant-food found in the soil.
In studying animal economy it is discovered that the animal
is merely different from the plant in that its rootlets (the villi
of the intestines) are on the inside instead of outside. That the
food masticated, digested, and converted into life-sustaining
matter must by fermentation (which is life forming) be in a
proper state for absorption, or such absorption by the villi will
be abortive. Should the food which is taken into the animal
system  be mixed with certain chemicals. salicylic acid for
instance, which is destructive to the animalculae pro(luce(l during fermentation, no benefit will accrue to the animal.
The whole theory of life is that one life lives on another.
In plant life it is simnilar, and the food to be properly digested
or assimilated must be in the right stage. The action of air
and water on soils has the peculiar tendency of promoting
the very life-giving food upon which the plant depends. To
contend, therefore, that the prevention of the underground cir



94


The Master Planter.


culation of the air is as beneficial as the promotion of such
circulation, betrays an ignorance unaccountable in the farmer
of the nineteenth century.
Our agricultural colleges teach these matters, and farmers'
sons on returning from school find their parents practicing
them, although unable to give reasons for such methods,
farther than "custom has shown it to be the most advantageous."  Lazy, or pseudo-economical farmers, who know that
nature's laws require that land must lie idle at least one year in
seven, who fail to plow up such land prior to giving it the
requisite rest, never realize the crops that the intelligent cultivator does.
Some fearful mistakes have been made by parvenu, or parties who have acquired large capital in other walks in life, who
have gonie into sugar culture and attempted to direct the cultivation their way. However, they received their lessons, and
xvith burnt filners have retired. There is probably no business
wherein the losses occasioned by mistakes or ignorance are
greater than that of sugar culture, and few agricultural pursuits which reward the educated farmer to the extent that it
does. To know the nature of this grass, for it belongs to
the grass family, the soil best adapted to the different varieties of it, to properly cultivate and1 nurse the soil by adding
its complement, manure and fertilizer, and finally to preserve
the whole juice of the plant in its crystallized form and then
to obtain the highest market price for the product, might
well engage the stu(lv of the thoughtful man. Every boor is
not cut out for a planter, although many have made miserable
attempts.
Probably in no part of the tropical wvorld has so much scientific study been given to sugar as in the Hawaiian Islands, and
the success attained has warranted the time and expense devoted to it. Cane grows well at all elevations below 2000 feet,
b)ut at the higher altitudes it takes longer to bring to maturity.
lThe raising of sugar has been conducive to making landings
on precipitous coasts where in former lays it was not thought
to lbe practicable to lalnd and therefore has dlone much toward
developing the whole islands.




CHAPTER XX
TIIE NEW MANAGER MAKES INNOTVATIONS TIAT STARTLE TIlE
"SILURIANS.'
UR hero mlethodically and systematically arranged the
gangs of men utnder the different lunas or overseers,
each luna knowing the previous evening what his particular line of work was to be on the following day. By this
system no time was lost. lie also found it economical to
carry the men on carts to the fields when working at a distance, rather than have them straggling along to the place of
work, arriving more or less tired. -le b1ecame acquainted with
each man in his emlloy, andl they all knew that he was interested in them and their families. It paid in other ways than
pecuniarily to be acquainted with them. His wife visited the
quarters and encouraged the wives in many little ways in
which a whole-hearted woman can well do, and they grew
to love her. A little care in regard to the homes of the men
returned fourfold the expense put out on them. Instead of the
long series of rooms, separated by rough loard partitions,
where no privacy could be had and which could never be made
to feel like home, there soon grew up) little villages of cheap
homes. Soon each of these cottages had its little garden, for
which seed was freely provided. In after pages we will show
a further improvement in these homes.
Fruits grow very freely in the tropics where any shelter
can be obtained.  The papaia, one of the most healthful of
the tropical fruits, produces luxuriously, and within one year
from planting the seed the gardener may expect a crop, and
one which will be continuous for some years to come. When
the fruit has reached its growth, and just before ripening, it
makes one of the most wholesome vegetables. When ripe, its
daily use contributes towards digestion, and is very much
sought after by those who know its value. On the sheltered
side of house or high stone walls it produces the best results.
Chickens and pigs are very fond of it, and it is very fatten



96


The Mastcr Planter; or


ing to the latter, while its seed appears to cause the former to
lay eggs abundantly. Its cultivation has been neglected, but
on this plantation each laborer had a few trees in his little garden.
The Chinese are great consumers of vegetables, and were
delighted at having a little patch of garden given them wherein
they could raise their greens, melons, cucumbers, squash, etc.
Without water it was difficult to do much, but they readily
accustomed themselves to the climate and such as proved best
were cultivated. There was nothing on the ranch that "Kansas" thought beneath him, and that he did not try to improve.
It had a fine herd of cattle, but like other places, the singular
anomaly existed that milk and butter were scarce on the
planter's table. He speedily rectified this, and in a few months
his agents were selling Makawao butter at fifty cents a pound.
Also, every family had a quart of milk delivered at its door.
This was a small affair compared to the innumerable herd of
hand-fed calves he was raising for work cattle and for beef.
One of the treats to a visitor was to be taken to the milking
paddock and see the breaking in of cows which had never
been hand-milked, and the feeding of the calves. The natives
ma(le very good dairymen, and after being instructed by
"Kansas" as to the nmanner in whlich he wished the stock to
be cared for, were able to conduct this part of the estate
without much direct supervision. When a cow was to be
mmilked, she found it was useless to make any objections. The
native would fasten her head securely and then, having pushed
her up against a wall, he would thrust his head into her side,
and then resistance was useless on her part. In two or three
(lays the m1ost obstreperous animal would submit willingly to
be milked. The calves were kept in a field apart from their
mothers, and when the cow was milked as much as was consi(lered sufficient the milker would call the name of the calf.
and to note how quickly "Pain-Killer," "Nirgger," "Puakea,"
'Rose," or whatever its appellation was, would separate itself
from the herd of calves and come to the gate, was surprising
and instructive. The facility with which calves learned the
nanmes given them was always as much of a marvel as the
ingenuity of the natives in naming them. These names stuck
to themi through life, and a tourist would be amused to note a
team of three yoke of cattle denominated, perhaps "Abraham"
allnl "Lincoln" and "Nigger" or "Puakea" and "Rose" and "Mo



Life ill the Cante Fields of IHawaaii.


97


lasses," until the combinations could but arouse the risibilities of
the observer.
Plowing by means of cattle was not to "Kansas's" liking,
and he was the first on the islands to change the system to
horse and mule work, firstly because the latter were so much
easier fed, and secondly because the latter were so much more
tractable and quicker in the work. Still all these changes
took time, and eventually both cattle and horses were dispensed with, except in parts where it was most convenient to
use horses.
He established a nursery shortly after taking charge, and
from this was enabled to set out thousands of trees along the
miles of stone fences. These soon began to attract attention,
some old silurians predicting that he would bring the plantation to grief through the amount of money and time spent on
tree-planting. The little church, the school house, the neat
laborers' cottages, all kept well whitewashed, presented from
a distance a beautiful picture against the green slope whereon
the plantation was situated.
During his management he took the different overseers into
his confidence, and in a nice way inculcated ideas in the matter of handling men. All the laborers were under contract and
their work was compulsory to a degree, but he tried to eliminate
any show of force and would have his officers lead rather than
coerce them.  This contract systenm had arisen under the laws
regulating the whaling business, which were no doubt very applicable to the merchant marine, but "Kansas" felt that it was
not quite the thing for agricultural service.
Theoretically it is right that men should fulfill their agreements when they go into them voluntarily, and civilly we coimpel
men to do so under penalty of pecuniary loss or sometimes by injunctions of court. Still, there was in this system much that
smacked of slavery, and gave critics of the system a handle for
condemning the products of the islands on account of their being
produced under it. Sometimes the "shipping" was not wholly
volunteer and coercion was used to make men "ship" or renew
their articles of agreement. And again the very character of the
natives was such that they lived without any foresight, and when
difficulties overtook them they did not hesitate to "ship" for a
long term to get an advance to assist a relative or friend-and
the individual was seldom benefited by the sum of money he obtained.




CHAPTER XXI
TREATING OF~ THlE ONE-TIMTE CONTRACT LABIOR CONDITIONS ON
THlE SUGAR PLANTATION1\S.
T our hiero the contract which hie sig)ned had been, as it was
to many othecrs, merely an imaginary line, as we speak
of the equator, and wvhich in no wvay interfered with his
liberties. It did, however, bring- him within the class (lom-inated
con-tractedl men, and amongyst the free mechanics hie wvas looked
(lown upon; although "K.'1ansas" had not felt the weighit of his
"icontract" in any manner, farthier than tile possessionl of a feeling that hie was legally bouuld andl could~ ilot wvrioy"e out fromt
tlndlr it if lie was so inclined. A-s a matter of fact it wvas to
hun,1 and to 95/100 of tile mcei, and women too, an imag-inary
line whicil b~oundled his liberties. To those wilho ellterel illto thle
contract w~ithiout colmpulsioll, either moral or phiysical, it was no
menital burden.
The native population, knowving they; always llal tile dcriercl,ressort of "shi~ppinig,', as signiil, a contract was called, whcnifthey
got into (lifficulties flew to the stigar planlter for an "advance" to
pay oft some pressing debt, or tile burial expenses of a relative
or friend.  Thlis was thle planter's opportunity, and hie invariably
secured h-imiself by takinig an acknowledgyed oblig-ationi that the
party wxouill ag-ree to wvork a certain leiigthi of time at a defnite
rate.  The niajority  of planters treated tlieir men well, and
seldom had occasion to quote to thie- tile l-enalty prescribed by
law in cases -where there was a refusal to perform duty.
Planters, hiowever are hua         n   ao-st thiem  and thecir
overseers tilere was a variety.  Some, parvenu wvould "ride at
every opportunity,'' as the l)Oy sy i. C., lie w'ould seldoli 1111'
the chiance of ilaguoiio ilis ml1Cn and telling thienuNliwat lie wouild
(10 \vitll thlem in case thley were not oil IandI in the mornin..., or
if tile slichtest lapse from the full quota of tileir duties was (liscrniblle. Planters frequently put mcen in as lunlas, or overseefl,
w~io, had been sailors, and of all the men to "ridle,"' a mian whlo




Life in the Cane Fields of Hawaii.


99


has been before the mast for years and whose head has daily been
shampooed with a belaying pin in the hands of a brutal mate,
such a one will take the prize.
The native is a good-natured, willing and apt laborer, and a
man of a very forgiving or forgetting disposition.  Rarely one
is found who is revengeful or malicious. Constant nagging will
even spoil such dispositions.  Frequently on plantations, whien
a man was haled to court and inquiry made into the cause of the
desertion of labor, it developed that the perpetual "driving" of
the luna had resulted in the man becoming uninterested in his
work, and a temptation offering, he had failed to put in an appearance in the morning. In the first instance the judge would
remand the culprit to his work, (costs payable by the delinquent).
On a repetition of the offense the penalty would be a fine of five
dollars, in either instance the culprit to be imprisoned until such
times as he was willing to obey.  In a third repetition the fine
would be ten dollars.
A local resident could not contract for a longer term than
five years, but a contract made abroad could be made for ten
years, to date from the day of his arrival in the country.  On
the death of the employer, the contract was cancelled by operation of law, but this was avoided by the employer having a partner (real or fictitious), in which case the contract was not affected by the death.  Many plantations kept stores, and, while
making a profit on goods furnished to laborers, managed to keep
tlhem in debt, and at the end of one contract a man would be in(ldced to "ship" again to get an advance to square the debt. By
this process the continuance of the contract would be interminable.
Frequently a native would contract to get the means to buy
a horse, and the uncontrollable desire to possess a horse and
gratify his desire for riding would entail many years of servitude. Planters, like the rest of humanity, were not all martinets,
and generally speaking were kind to tlheir men.
Occasionally a planter would forget himself so far as to expose his innate contemptible disposition by an act or language
which brought obloquy on the whole contract system.  One,
for instance, who was enraged at a Norweigian contract laborer,
for some infraction of duty, peremptorily ordered him "to roll a
large rock up a hill and doxwn again" until it pleased the planter
to order him to desist.
This exhibition of power over a man had a far-reaching influ



100


The Master Planter; or


ence in bringing the whole system into disrepute. White men
did not like to work on a plantation where they would be even
suspected of being "shipped."  Our hero knew that he was despised by men inferior to him in education, the only standard he
would use in gauging men, and whose private lives were far
from being such as should be held up as ideals for the young to
follow.  Probably had they known his intention in assuming the
"yoke of servitude" they might have been more tolerant, but to
him it had been a mere incident.  He and his employer had been
on sociable ternms almost from his initiation, and he had often been
consulted by him on matters pertaining to cultivation and to the
best adapted form of agricultural implements.
"Slaves will talk," is an old Roman saying, and is as true in
modern times.  The different plantations were canvassed by the
mechanics at the meal hours, and the rumors of their respective
good or ill-management was discussed. Some of the men had
worked on other plantations, and depicted the miserable quarters
provided for the laborers, some holding that the work cattle and
mules had better quarters. The houses were mere shells, shelters
from the sun, wind and rain, put up without the slightest regard
for sanitation or privacy. Naturally, men could never be brought
to look on them as homes or take an interest in improving their
surroundings.
Our hero found that a slight outlay for cheap, pretty wall paper
was much appreciated. That a little investment in climbing vine
seed(s soon spoke for itself in the manner in which outhouses
were covered. Natives and Chinese alike vied with each other in
making pretty arches and ornamentations for their verandas.
The native women, proverbially noted for their love of flowers,
were easily induced to plant little parterres of phlox, carnations,
crocus, tuberose, fuchsias, and others for which the elevation
and climate were admirally adapted. He showed them many
little tricks in gardening, and their appreciation of such interest
in them was shown by their adapting tubls and cans of infinite
variety as flower pots wherein little palms and vines garnished
their homes within and without. Some natives who had been ac(quainted with the woods brought therefrom peculiar ferns and
rare vines which had never been cultivated in the gardens of the
rich.
To recite the numerous minor and greater improvements which
he instituted would take more space than necessary. Many of




Life in the Cane Fields of Hawaii.


101


them were subjects of comment by his neighbors, and the factors
in Honolulu were kept duly posted of "infringements" on what
they considered the correct method of managing such an estate.
The owner in the East was written to, and many times he was on
the point of writing and insisting on a resumption of the former
pseudo-economical management, but his wife intervened and reminded him of his obligation to "Kansas" and of his perfect
confidence in him when on Maui. As yet he had not assailed the
mill, but he purposed putting in such labor-saving machinery as
would be up-to-date in economy as he considered necessary.
Finally he wrote the owner of his intentions, and the reasons
therefor, and received a prompt reply "to touch nothing in the
mill, as it pleased the owner to carry that as it had been."  Now
our hero felt that he had run against a stone wall, and he must
wade through another grinding season and see at least a third
of his crop go up the chimney or into the molasses drain, or be
lost through lack of complete expressing. It was a very sad state
of affairs, and he felt peculiarly handicapped as he could not, by
the appliances they had, make a showing of what his ingenuity
had done in the way of better cultivation, etc. He itched to be
the owner and have unlimited capital to do with as his experience
warranted.




CHAPTER XXII
OUR HERO HAS A NAME AT LAST-AND AN OLD-TIME FRIEND APPEARS WITH ABUNDANT CAPITAL.
THE new manager retired to his office evening by evening
and planned the work of this estate, and was gradually
getting every part of it into producing as it should; and
now he must stop building castles in the air and, metaphorically,
put a ball and chain on his leg. A trip to Honolulu and a consultation with his agents availed him nothing. They had not approved of many of his improvements, and would not on their
own responsibility follow him into new furnaces and machinery
for the mill as well as an extra set of rollers.  It was not the
first time agents had set up their knowledge of the managementship of a plantation in opposition to the views of a practical man,
to the ultimate loss of the plantation.
They had met the wrong man this time. When "Kansas" parted
with the chief of the agency he remarked, "You will be sorry in
the near future for not making the improvements I suggest."
The agent answered, "We can afford to stand it."  To which
"Kansas" replied that they would admit their error when it was
too late, as he was very much interested in the matter and his
reputation was at stake.
If we go back a little to a period a few weeks earlier we
will find the reason our hero had so nimch confidence in himself,
and also of his ability to carry out any scheme he should project.
One evening, while he was dressing for dinner, the jingling
of spurs was heard, and he judged that some travelers had stopped over for a meal and probably for a night's lodging.  This
was so common an occurrence that an extra chair was always
placed at the table.  The servants conducted the strangers to
rooms, and when dinner was ready they were informed of the
fact. Two gentlemen came into the dining room, one of whom
proved to be the U. S. Geological Commissioner, the other a




Life in the Cane Fields of IHawaii.


103


stranger.  Our hero was delighted to meet the Commissioner
and foresaw another evening or two of good company.  The
Captain had heard of our hero's changed circumstances while at
Ulupalakua, and was not surprised.  His companion was introduced, and they sat down to dinner.
The stranger looked intently at "Kansas" and his wife, and
finally ejaculated, "Eab."  The lady immediately arose, and
walking around placed her hands on the stranger's shoulders,
saying, "Charley Collins, I know you."  Then a handshaking
took place such as only long parted friends can appreciate. This
was the friend they had followed to Grass Valley from Wichita,
and he was overjoyed to meet them.
"What did you mean by saying 'Eab,' " asked the Captain?
"That is merely the initials of his name," answered Collins.
"He always called me 'Colly' and I dubbed him 'Eab.' His name
is Ethan Allen Breed, and we thought there was too much of it."
"Are you any connection of the Breeds of Boston, of Breed's
Hill?" asked the Captain.
"Yes, I have the honor of being descended from them, and
from the family of Ethan Allen," answered our hero.
"My dear sir, if you had let it be known you were from Boston, and especially a descendant of Revolutionary sires, the
Americans of Honolulu would have worshipped you as the natives did Captain Cook," said the Commissioner.
"But he is not that kind of a Breed," remarked Collins; "and
when you know him as well as I do you will find that he depends
on his own head and hands, and not on any accidental ancestry."
The story of the acquaintance l)etween Collins and Breed
(for our hero now has a name) was soon told.   They werq
schoolmates and grew up together on neighboring farms.  Both
had courted the same girl, and Breed won her.  Their friendship continued, and they moved west together and battled for the
right in Kansas.  Collins, having no ]home, had caught the California fever; and this was their first meeting since the Kansas
days.  After dinner came the pleasant chit-chat on the veranda
until Mrs. Breed took the children to bed, when they retired to
the office. Here Breed ran over his experience and anticipations,
and the geologist gave considerable advice which was eagerly absorbed by Breed.
After the Captain had retired, Collins told of his ups and
downs.  He had mined in all the different parts of California,




104


The Master Planter; or


Mexico, Colorado and Arizona, in which latter place he had met
the Commissioner.  He had made and sunk fortunes, and had
discovered that there was more gold to be made in "milking the
market" in San Francisco than in any mining operation; and in
teaching the "mud hens" to lay golden eggs in the stock exchange there was more profitable amusement than in putting up
grub stakes for miners or prospectors. He had amassed a large
fortune and still felt a thrill of pleasure in adding to it.  His
chair in the Stock Exchange brought him a very fair income,
and he was (tirector in various companies, many of which brought
him more than Ioo% per annum.    He had not married, as he
had led a nomadic life, and now that he had acquired more than a
competency had no inclination that way, partly because those
whom he would have would not have him, and those who sought
him he would not have.  He had long desired to visit the Hawaiian Islands, and knowing his friend, the Commissioner, was
here, he tore himself away from his business for a pleasure trip.
lTe was overjoyed to meet his old-time friends, and( remarked to
Breed that if he had any schemes in which capital could be invested tliat he would furnish it to any reasonable amount.
"Eab," said he, "you were always a schemer from away back,
and if the lines had fallen on you in pleasant places you would
have. been a millionaire many times over; are you not even now
planning some great scheme?"
"Well, Charley," answered Breed, "no one of brains can climb
to the village of Makawao and look alroad on this grand vista
and not allow his inmaoination to run riot with the possililities of
the great expansion of sugar culture which capital could effect.
I have dreamed of it, and figured it out on paper, and can lay
before you such a plan that if put in operation will lay in the
shade tlle production of any gold mine in California, and the
best of it is that the returns will be interminable and it is honest.
No heart aches come from the possession of wealth acquired from
the cultivation of the soil, as must come to a sensitive mind who has
plrofited by the 'salting of a minie,' 'furnishing untrue reports of
the prospects,' and thereby causing widows and orphans to invest their whole to their certain loss, etc. Even booming townsites as was (lone in Kansas was a very questionable manner of
making profits."
"Eab," said Collins, "I always knew what you were thinking
of, for you had imbibed from your mother the fundamental prin



Life int the Cane Fields of Hawaii.       105
ciple of honesty.  When we carried guns together in Kansas I
felt that you were the kind of man to tie to.  Tell me your
scheme, Eab, and I will furnish the money, should it require $Io,000,000."
Breed then produced the maps of the estate of which he was
manager, and also a large one of the whole island.  "Now
Charley," said he, "if I had control of $Io,ooo,ooo I would buy
up the plantations of Haiku, Hamakua-poko, Paia, Grove Ranch,
East Maui, Waihee, Wailuku, and Waikapu, giving the owners
their own prices.  The whole plains below here can be leased
for a very long term at a low rental, as it is and has been nonproductive.  I would thus have control of all the surplus water of
both ranges of mountains.  In two years I can have 40,000 acres
of land in cane, and I will guarantee to produce three tons per
acre at a cost not to exceed thirty dollars per ton.  This will
amount to 120,000 tons of sugar, on which we can safely estimate
a profit of five and one-half cents per pound, or $13,000,000ooo
Granted that prices may fall from seven cents per pound, is there
not still a very large profit?
"It is costing now seventy-five dollars per ton to produce sugar,
but eventually I will produce it for thirty dollars.  At present
No. I sugar is selling at eleven cents per pound, but the crop
does not average over seven cents.  I have still left an enormous
margin of which I have not spoken, viz: that I know I can make
these lands yield from four to six tons per acre.  The management, under one head, will be true economy, and the ownership
of the entire water system will ensure good crops."
Collins followed his friend through the proposed details of the
division of labor, planting, fertilizing, irrigating, manufacturing,
shipping and marketing.
"Yes, Eab," said he, "I knew that Yankee brain of yours could
not be idle, and with the exception that you may have over-estimated the number of acres you could get into cane in the given
time, I believe you.  Why, Eab, with such a Machiavellian
scheme as that I could float a joint-stock company and milk the
market not only of San Francisco, but of Wall Street."
"There you go again, Charley," said Breed, "always scheming
to get the better of the masses of unsophisticated people who
haunt your stock market. If you will not abet my plan of bringing wealth from the soil, and furnishing living for thousands of




106               The Master Planter.
employees and their families, please forget the scheme I have unfolded."
Collins now remarks, "Eab, if you were not the man you are I
should put you down as a lunatic, but knowing you as I do, I will
give you credit for being an honest man.  I will form a jointstock company, and, relying on you, shall depend on the profits
from the cultivation of the soil. I will carry more than one-half
of the stock, so that I can ensure you the managementship and
will aid the enterprise in every way possible."
The morning star was shining brightly when these two schemers retired. Visions of untold wealth floated before one, whereas the immensity of the labor to be undertaken did not drive sleep
from the eyes of the other.
The assurances of his friend made Breed somewhat independent in his dealings with the agents, and in after chapters will be
unfolded the extent to which this scheme was put into operation.




CHAPTER XXIII
MADAM TAKES A NATIVE MAIDEN INTO HER HOUSEHOLD, AND
HAS AN INTERESTING CHARACTER STUDY.
T would be wrong to omit somewhat of the part which Mrs.
Breed took in the home-life, as a good woman is not entirely
lost in the life of her husband. When they first came to the
plantation Mary, the old parson's daughter, had volunteered to
bring a servant girl whom she could recommend. The next day
she brought a bright, healthy girl of pure Hawaiian stock, one of
the original and unsophisticated country girls.  She was about
ten years of age and was as large as an Eastern maiden of fifteen.
She had all the awkwardness and apparent bashfulness of the
rustic, but Kamaka's history would make a most interesting
chapter. She had beautiful limpid brown eyes, a head of hair
that was a dream, in that from its fineness and luxuriance it
would be the envy of many an Eastern belle. She wore a mammoth native-made hat, on which, according to Hawaiian custom,
was a wreath made fresh that morning from the beautiful ohia
blossoms, of a shade between pink and red, probably magenta.
Her dress consisted of a holoku, nearly like a "Mother Hubbard," made of two shades of pink and trimmed with blue. The
tout ensemble, from the crown of her head to the soles of her
feet, which unfortunately were marred by Eastern shoes three
sizes too large, produced the most charming impression, and
captivated Mrs. Breed immediately. Her name was Kamakauilani, but Mary said it was customary to call her Kamaka, that
being a favorite name for a child which from its intelligent face
gave promise of a bright future.  Kamaka could ride horseback
like a rough rider, and could hitch up the team and drive through
the plantation roads and those of the surrounding country as well
as the most experienced postillion.
Mary said she had been accustomed, like the rest of the natives, to horses from the time she was tall enough to grasp the
mane, and by placing her right foot against the horse's knee to




108


The Master Planter; or


spring up and hook her left foot over the animal's back. Once
seated, with or without saddle, no horse could throw her off.
Slhe always rode astride, catching the iron stirrup between the
great and next toes, and with the peculiar riding dress of the
natives made a most handsome appearance as she dashed at full
speed across the plain or up or down the country roads. Kamaka
soon shed her shoes and learned her duties in the household, and
became really one of the family.  Like the rest of the natives
she was very free in her ways, and soon knew every bullock and
mule driver on the plantation, many of whom remembered her
sweet tooth and threw her pieces of cane in passing.  At times
Ma(dam would attempt to check her in her freedom, but she could
not be made to comprehend that to swing on the gate and swap
badinage with the plantation hands was unbecoming.  A child
of nature she was, and like all the natives, could not brook being
confined to foreign manners and deportment.  She apparently
had many parents, as on being asked who this or that person was
she would reply that it was her father or her mother, as the case
might be. All the brothers and cousins of a man in Hawaii are
parents to his children, and also all the brothers, cousins and
sisters of a woman are parents of her children.  So also all of
their children would be denominated either brothers or younger'
or older sisters.
Evidently Kamaka was a great favorite with her people, as it
was rarely that any of them, coming out of the wooded country
and passing the plantation, failed to bring her a wreath or lei
of flowers, or of the fragrant glossy leaves of the maile vine, or
perhaps of the golden fruit of the hala. This last, while not having a pleasing smell to foreigners, made a beautiful and becoming wreath when worn on the bronze skin of the native.
She spoke English very nicely, and her vocabulary steadily
increased from her association with Americans.  She was very
fond of the children, who soon learned to love her and confide in
her their many little secrets. As she proceeded about her duties
she sang her sweet native airs, of which she seemed to have a
large repertoire. All Hawaiians are exceedingly fond of music,
either vocal or instrumental, and learn very quickly anything that
strikes their fancy. Madam, being a good pianist, was pleased to
give Kamaka some instruction, for which she was amply repaid
in the rapid proficiency of her pupil.  After she had acquired
command of the instrument she readily played accompaniments




Life il the Cane Fields of Hawaii.         109
to her native airs, and visitors at the plantation were often afforded the treat of hearing in the parlor songs they had heard
on the streets of Honolulu, or from sailors or guides around the
islands.  Not only was she good and entertaining company for
the family, but she had many little accomplishments, the practice
of which made her a useful member of the household.  She could
make fans from grasses or leaves of the lauhala or palm; mats
fine or coarse from the lauhala, for the floor or table; hats from
a variety of materials, and also feather kahili ornaments. Also at
making toothsome native dishes she was an adept. Some of these
will be described in a future chapter.




CHAPTER XXIV
MADA'M INTERESTS IILRSELLF IN THE NATIVES., AND LEARNS MANY
OF THEIR PE',CULIARITIES.
NADAM visited the native quarters frequently, taking Kamaka along as interpreter, and was the means of amelioratiiig the condition of m-any women and children.  She
wvas acquaintedl with remedies for simple troubles of womnen and
cliildlren, and(ldistributed medicine amongst them as required.
She also instructed themn in sewving and making garments, and
ecurgedl them  in the mianufacture of every (lescription of
goo0ls from the products of the country.
She was surprised at the indlomitable perseverance of the
ANV011VICH in working tip beautiful patterns fromt bard vani-colored
seC(ls of trees andl shrubs.  Also at the grcat patience displayed
by themi in weavingc or plaitingc bats and mats fromt leaves of
palms ail(l grasses, and the ingenuity (lisplayed in xveaving therein
colored patterns masde fromt stemis of maiden-hair ferns or other
colored material. MNany of them were cquite apt seamstresses,
and all seemed pleased at the Madlam's interest in them and themr
wkork, showing their alplreciation of her by adopting her suigg(estioiis in miakingy trimiming for their (Iresses and admiring the
styles or 1ino(les invented by her. Also when she suggested that
by uinitingy their efforts thiey could work somewha t effectively in
cauising a social reform in the morals of the communtity, they
quickly followedI her aind got tip huis or -societies wlherein this or
that class of wNork could be undertaken with great promise of suiccess.
The native wvomen had much force with their husbands politicallv, andl with few exceptions the mien were gruided by their
wives' adlvice in voting for candidates for the local legislature.
So that rea-lly Madlam was a power in the little communtnity to a
grea'ter exteiit than she had any conception of. Kamaka proved
to be the connecting link between the manager and the native
people.




Life in the Cante Fields of Hazaii.


111


Breed told in after years of the number of her fathers he had
assisted in burying, and their names were legion.  Then occasionally a mother or father would be captured and deported for
the crime of having leprosy.  Sometimes a parent or two would
be arrested for manufacturing "okolehao," a spirit made from
the fermented syrup obtained by crushing the cooked ti-root.
Now and then one of her parents would be in pilikia from lifting
cattle, or subscribing some planter's name to the foot of a draft
on the agents, or some other of the numerous ways foreigners
have invented of getting the unsoplisticated native into trouble.
Poor Kamaka took all their cares into her own bosom and
wept and sympathized with all who were in distress, expatiating
most earnestly to her mistress on the naughtiess of some one in
being the means of getting her parent into pilikia.
At times a wail would be heard fronl tle back yar(d, and Madam knew that she would soon hear of another (leath in Kamaka's
family.  It is the custom amongst tllis people that when relatives
meet after a death has occurred in the family, that a wail slall
be made.  So at times a crying could be heard before the rider
came in sight, and Kamaka knew that another mother or father
had gone to her or his last bourne, and would rush out prepared
to make the obligation to the approaching mourner. These sorrows, however, did not appear to make a lasting impression, as
Kamaka would soon be found building block houses witl the
children or throwing bouquets to passing bullock drivers, at
which she appeared to excel, or with a face as joyous as a summeln
(lay hitchingl up the fractious horses to take tle children for a
drive. The world to Kamaka was like the surface of a fish pond,
usually placid, but occasionally disturbed by a ripple cause(l by
some extraneous cause.  Possessing an exul)erance of health,
without a care for tomorrow, she was truly happy and her happiness was contagious.  None but a bilious disposition could fail
to be enlivened by her pleasant face and jocular sayings and
actions.




CHAPTER XXV
TtIE HAPPY MARRIAGE OF KAMAKA IS FOLLOWED BY, ALAS, A TOO
FREQUENT SEQUEL-PIQUANCY OF NATIVE COOKING.
AVING introduced Kamaka, who proved so much of a connecting link between Breed and his family and the native
population, it would be interesting to tell more of her, as it
affords an opportunity to further study the manners and customs
of the natives.
During the years that had passed Kamaka had blossomed into
a very fine young lady.  Her manners, in the presence of foreigners, were as refined as should be expected from her continuous association with Mrs. Breed.  She had been sought in marriage by several of the natives, and her father had engaged her
in more than one instance to persons who were very eligible
partis, but KIamaka scorned them.
Finally she accepted the proposal of the plantation carpenter,
and a great marriage feast was prepared to which all her kindred
were invited.  Of course, being the belle of the neighborhood
and having so large a connection amongst the natives, this feast
or luau must be the greatest event that had yet taken place on
Maui.   A great lanai, or shelter, was erected by her friends,
the sides and roof of which was made from thatched cane leaves,
andi within this the feast was to be held.  From far and near
relatives and friends came, bringing their hookupu, as presents
to a chief or great personage are called.  Native manufacturers
of kapa, kou calabashes, Niihau mats, feather kahilis, emblems
from ancient times in the form of idols in wood, feather and
stone, in fact everything mentionable dear to the heart of the Hawaiian was brought as tributes to the love of the people for
Kamnakauilani.
HIorses, cattle, turkeys, chickens, pigs, fish, limu or sea-weed,
kukui-nuts, cocoanuts, fish-nets, etc., etc., were driven or carried
to the plantation house as wedding presents.  Three bullocks,
twenty hogs or pigs, innumerable fish, and fowl, and last, but not




Life in the Cane Fields of Hawaii.


113


least, three dogs were slaughtered to furnish food for the multitude.
The quantity of poi, sweet potatoes, cocoanuts, kukui-nuts,
limu, and raw fish which was prepared cannot be reckoned.
The making of native puddings from taro and cocoanut, sweet
potatoes and cocoanut, and arrow root and cocoanut, kept many
native stewards busy for some days.  Several imus or native
baking ovens were occupied in cooking the assorted beef, pork,
fowl and fish.,
The manner of native cooking is most interesting, and it has
frequently been asserted by epicures that food prepared in Hawaiian fashion has a piquancy about it that is very satisfying.
A large hole is dug into which wood is piled and covered with
stones. The bullock, hog or fowl having been cut up into pieces
to which salt is added, is wrapped in bundles in ti-leaves. After
the fire has burned out the hot stones are leveled off and quickly
covered with banana leaves and all these bundles piled up into a
pyramid and the whole covered with leaves and finally heavily
topped with sods and is allowed to stand for several hours.
On opening such an oven the different food-stuffs are usually
found to be thoroughly and appetizingly cooked.
Mention must not be forgotten of the luau or taro leaves,
from which the feast takes its name.  These are done up in
bundles and either wrapped with the beef, pork, etc., or cooked
in separate packages.  This is one of the most delicious and
succulent of "greens."
It is said that large quantities of "okolehao" found its way
(unknown to the planter) to the vicinity of where the feast was to
take place.
The poi for the feast was served in home-made bowls or containers which are fashioned most ingeniously and quickly by
the expert natives.  They take a five-pound lard tin and fold
over it ti-leaves, around which a cord of woven leaf is fastened.
Then by folding back the ends of the leaves and wrapping the
woven ferns around it, and slipping the whole off the mold, a
cleanly cheap bowl is provided.  Our reader will note that no
washing of dishes would follow a native luau, as it was merely
necessary to throw the lot of bowls away and they are quickly
eaten by cattle or hogs.
The natives dearly love a luau, and the story of its arrangements and success or failure constitute the theme of conversa



114


The Master Planter; or


tion in many homes in the vicinity for a long time, or until it
is eclipsed by a greater affair of the kind.
The parlors of the planter's house were thrown open for the
occasion, and Kamaka, dressed in white with a beautiful wreath
of natural orange blossoms interwoven with the dark glossy
leaves of the fragrant maile, attended by a bevy of native girls
similarly dressed, marched up to the old parson at the end of
the room where she was met by the brave carpenter.  The marriage service in English was gone through, and innumerable
friends came forward to congratulate the handsome couple.
Felicitations being over, the bridal pair led the way to the lanai,
where the feast was spread.  Hundreds of guests sat down on
the rushes which covered the ground, men and women alternately
around the immense spread.
As they came from the wedding each guest was decorated with
a wreath of flowers and maile, and the whole made a very beautiful scene.  At each plate, or rather place, for leaves of the ti
were used in lieu of plates and banana leaves in lieu of table
damask, the stewards had placed bundles each of fish, fowl and
flesh, as well as a green bowl of poi together with clam shells
filled with inamona.
After the feast, which was accompanied with music from a
company of trained singers, all departed to their homes, the majority carrying away bundles of the excess of foodstuffs.  In a
hundred homes the wedding and the feast was talked of for
many days.   Kamaka's beauty, and how fortunate that white
man was to get such a delicious ripe fruit (hua pala); how much
I ate and drank, the songs that had been composed in her honor,
were the comment of every guest.
After Kamaka had been married three months she told her
husband, one day, that she was going to see her mother.  She
failed to come back that evening, and the following day he went
to look for her.  Her people said that she had been there and
had gone off with one of the bullock drivers from the plantation
who had met her there.
In a few days it was discovered that she had fled to Hana in
company with this paramour, who had "shipped" on the Hana
plantation, forgetting the debt he owed to our hero.  To "ship"
doubly was a serious offense, and it was considered necessary
to make examples of such offenders, so a policeman was sent
after him.  HIe had expected to be hunted up, and when the




Life in the Cane Fields of Hawaii.       115
policeman put in an appearance, of which he was duly warned,
he and Kamaka fled to the fastnesses of the mountains, where
search would be difficult and probably dangerous.
The carpenter made no effort to pursue her, but his life was
broken up and he took to drink and was discharged.
Kamaka and her lover got away to Honolulu, where in a few
months he shipped as a sailor on a whaleship and was heard of
no more.  She with her little half-white son was a figure on the
streets for some years, and finally perished in an epidemic of
smallpox.  On account of her education and accomplishments
she was the belle of her class, and many stories are told of the
wrecks she left behind her in the metropolis.  She retained her
beauty and innocent expression of features and charming manners until the last.




CHAPTER XXVI
MRS. BREED LEARNS HOW TO PREPARE AND PRESERVE THE MANY
DELICIOUS NATIVE FRUITS.
RS. Breed found that housekeeping on the islands was a
much more difficult proposition than in the East and in
California. To add to the cares, it was necessary to entertain much company, as there were no hotels to which a
stranger could go, and it had been the custom all over the islands
to receive any tourists or travelers who might come along.  She
had been brought up in all the little arts which make towards
the comfort of home, but it was not possible to do with her own
hands as she had been accustomed. The climate was somewhat
trying, and with her growing family and the multiplicity of visitors she found her time taxed to the uttermost.  It frequently
happened that every bed in the house would be required, and the
table had its quota filled.  With a good supply of eggs, butter
and milk, and a well filled pantry of canned goods, it merely required a little more work on her part to enable her to set such a
table as she liked.  Sometimes it was felt burdensome to entertain strangers whom there was no likelihood of ever meeting
again, and who left without apparently being grateful for the
hospitality extended. Then again "angels in disguise" were met,
the pleasure of whose acquaintance amply repaid her for any
extra trouble.
In the East she had learned the culinary accomplishments of
making jellies, drying fruits, and making preserves, as well as of
canning fruits; and in Hawaii, as far as she was able, she added
to her stores any island fruits which she thought would be nice
to have between seasons.
She found that mango sauce, made from mangoes which had
attained full size, was equally as nice as green apple sauce. Also
the mangoes when cut up and dried were much preferable to
dried apples for pies.
She always kept a few jars of tamarinds, laid down in layers
of sugar, which made a pleasant, subacid and wholesome drink.




Life in the Cane Fields of Hawaii.


117


From the mountain the natives brought her ohelos, akalas, and
pohas in season, and she soon learned to treat them in such
manner that they were very palatable.  Ohelos (v. reticulatum)
are extremely abundant at the higher altitudes of Haleakala.
They are insipid of themselves, but, when combined with sugar
and a little juice of lemons made a very agreeable addition to the
dessert.  The akala (R. Macraci) grows to an immense size in
the ravines on the mountain.  It is a reddish purple raspberry
which is, unprepared, of an unpleasant bitter taste. When allowed to stand over night in sugar the bitter principle is eliminated and it makes a most delicious short-cake, preferred by many
to strawberry.  Some of the akala are an inch and one-half in
diameter.
The best of all the island fruits is probably the poha (Cape
gooseberry). It makes a very piquant stew, and for making jam
or jelly cannot be excelled.  It has a peculiar flavor which cannot be described, but one which the stranger soon becomes very
fond of.
The large purple figs of Makawao, to be most enjoyed should
be eaten direct from the tree, as when fully ripe they are a lobe of
pure jelly.  When peeled and cut up with cream and sugar they
make a most luscious dish.
Guavas, of several varieties, were very plentiful along the
hedges and covering the whole stretch of the mountain side. A
lemon guava made an excellent jelly, but the large Hawaiian red
guava when either stewed or sliced made a very appetizing adjunct to the dinner table.
A fruit called hualilikoi, a passion fruit, the vines of which
covered old fences like a pall, when served as a custard, barring
the cooking, was also much appreciated.
The banana is, however, par excellence the staple dish of the
islands, and Madam had a great variety of ways of preparing it.
Always bunches hung on the verandas for every one to help
themselves to, but when cut up and served with cream and sugar
they were preferred by many to strawberries.  Fried in butter,
or made into fritters, or boiled in water, or baked in their jackets
or dried and made into a fragrant sweet flour which can be used
for many purposes, the banana is the saviour of the housekeeper.
Bananas and oranges thinly sliced and in alternate layers with
sugar, and well cooled before serving, was described by many as
simply delicious.




118


The Master Planter; or


Mrs. Breed found that making hash from a mixture of fruit
with the addition of juice of lemon was also a way of pleasing
the palate.
In making marmalade and using ripe papaia as stock she
invented something as good as apple-butter made at home.
Papaia, itself, when fully ripe and just off the tree, served with
snow or ice, also was delicious and made a gratifying breakfast dish.
She early learned to select and cook breadfruit in a manner
that made it possible to use it either as a vegetable or as a dessert.
It certainly was a toothsome pudding when prepared for that purpose, i. e., when fully soft-ripe and cooked with a lump of butter
injected in the part from which the stem had been extracted.
When cooked before reaching the soft-ripe stage it made a vegetable not to be despised.
Madam had eaten inamona, roast kukui-nut crushed with salt
and pepper, and felt certain from its richness that it would be a
condiment that would please an epicure, and tried her hand at
making it in different ways. After roasting the nut and discarding the shell she crushed the kernel into a paste and added salt
and a taste of red pepper in the natural state.  This made a
healthful and appetizing condiment and her recipe for its manufacture was sought by many of the island ladies.  Her husband
remarked to her on one occasion that with advertising sufficient
and putting it up in marketable form she might make a fortune.
It is also very nice when the kernel is merely broken into grains
and eaten dry with baked fish or pig.
In her preparation of chutney was probably where Madam
excelled.  There are many kinds of mangoes on the islands, all
of which have been imported.  One especially is denominated
the chutney mango on account of its freedom from the stringyness common to most of them. Like anything else in this life,
if we would have anything good we must put labor and value
in it. So to prepare chutney, as we find it best from India, we
must have mangoes, orange peel, spices, and vanilla, and raisins,
as well as the knowledge of the proportions of each necessary
for success.
The Chinese cook whom Madam found on the plantation, and
who had been so long there that he was considered a fixture, was
decidedly averse to any innovations in his manner of cooking,
and resented any interference in his kitchen.  He soon found




Life in the Canle Fields of Hawaii.      119
that Mrs. Breed was going to control her household and gradually learned from her many little improvements in preparing
dishes. He called her "Mamma" and was as much interested in
the housekeeping as she herself.  He would keep her informed
of what was to be had in the way of fruits, and would saddle a
horse and ride for miles to procure a roaster, or to order fruits
from those who were accustomed to collect such on the mountain.
The cook had learned the art of making delicious cakes from
taro, both fried and baked, and kept up the reputation of the
ranch as a place where a traveller was sure of a good meal.
Some of those good old Chinese cooks can be compared favorably with many of the old mammys of the South.
While we are not writing a cook-book, nor compiling a lot of
recipes for the preparation of Hawaiian dishes, yet we feel that it
would be interesting to many readers to show somewhat the part
which the lady of the house took in aiding her husband and making life in the tropics more pleasant.




CHAPTER XXVII
MADAM EMBELLISHES HER HOME WITH NATIVE CURIOS THAT ATTRACT THE CHARMED ATTENTION OF VISITORS.
N the embellishing of her house with curios collected throughout the islands, giving it a unique appearance as compared
with homes in other lands, Madam was indefatigable in her
pursuit of every thing Hawaiian.  Some of her chairs, for instance, were covered with lauhala leaves woven in such manner
as to cover the backs, rounds and legs, and were quite odd. A
cane tete-a-tete similarly covered, wherein the stripes were made
of flattened maiden-hair fern stalks, as it stood in the middle of
the parlor, attracted the attention of the stranger, and was favorably commented upon.  The pictures of island scenery which
em)ellislled all the rooms, together with the large collection of
copies of island fruits and flowers which adorned her diningroom, were as beautiful as pictures of foreign scenes; and it
was a patronizing of home industry which encouraged the
local artists.
In another chapter we will tell of the education of her children, which absorbed so much solicitude on the part of Breed
and his wife, the supervision of which naturally fell to the
mother.
In working with the women, Mrs. Breed knew that the only
way she could make her efforts effective was to provide employment for them. Prayer meetings and temperance meetings for discussion of methods for ameliorating the condition
of certain families and individuals were well and had a certain effect in making the women feel that they were influential members of society, but in the tropics where idleness was
a condition, she knew that there must be some incentive for
profitalle employment. Some of them worked in the fields
and were under contract the same as the men, although this
had to be with the consent of the husband, but these were
looked down upon by their free sisters.
Of the ingenuity and application of the women in making




Life in the Cane Fields of Hawaii.


121


many articles from the seeds, grasses, palms, and fibers, she
knew, and endeavored to direct their industry into lucrative
channels. She offered to make a market for all the articles
they could manufacture, and induced many of them to braid
cane stalk into hat braid which readily found a market among
the straw hat manufacturers of the East. Also braid from the
loulu palm and lauhala, which they made so prettily by blending these with natural colored fern stalks properly ironed out.
From the squash vine they made an exceedingly light and
handsome braid applicable to the manufacture of ladies' hats.
Also they made artificial flowers from the same, and were
quite adept at using aniline dyes for coloring.
From a fine rush or grass some of them made hats which
were tough and strong and resembled the Panama of commerce. Others again made a variety of articles from the hard
and brilliant seeds of the koa, nawiliwili. and other trees.
From the fiber of the olona others twisted fishline, which
found a ready market in Honolulu for both fish-nets and line.
All of these were from native growth, but many of the women
became quite adept at machine and hand-sewing and made
up the cotton garments of both sexes for store orders and for
family use. Many of them, made patchwork quilts of unique
designs, inventing their own patterns from leaves of ferns or
bread-fruit or other trees.  Still others worked incessantly at
crochetting and tatting, and made very pretty designs which
readily sold in town. They kept their children's clothes well
washed and ironed, if they were made of cheap material, and
were very particular to have them punctual at school.
They were always pleased to have madam visit their homes,
and it is surprising to note the improvements which took place,
noticed principally in the little embellishments which adorned
the walls. All the native women called her their aikane
(friend), and while not bold or impertinent, did not appear
shame-faced in her presence, and she always showed that
respect for them which they merited.
How much even one good woman can do by giving countenance to her fellow-women! THow they will rise to the occasion, if we may use the expression. To preach to them only,
had the effect of making hypocrites of them, as they were as
apt as other people in presenting their best side to the
preacher; but to recognize them and visit them in a friendly
way brought out all that was best in them.




122                The Master Planter.
Mrs. Breed was perhaps peculiar, for she had the happy
faculty of remembering names and could ask a native mother
how Keoni, Pulehu or Maila was, and how they were getting
on at school. She also had learned considerable of the language and gradually acquired more of it; certainly she could talk
enough to please them, and the natives are naturally too polite
to laugh at a foreigner who makes errors in attempting to speak
their language. They knew they had her sympathy in their afflictions, which went further than anything else, and there is
nothing they would not do or promise to do for her if they
thought it would please her.




CHAPTER XXVIII
THE ONCE OBSCURE "KANSAS" BECOMES OWNER AND MANAGER
OF AN IMMENSE SUGAR ESTATE.
REED wrote the owner in the East, offering him for his
plantation a sum of money, which if invested at 5 per cent.,
would realize annually as much as the receipts of the plantation had been during the last year of the owner's management.
Acting on the advice of friends, the owner accepted the proposal.
Breed now proceeded to purchase Haiku, Hamakuapoko, Paia,
East Maui, and Waihee, Wailuku, and Waikapu Plantations, giving the owners their own prices for them. Some of them willingly took stock in the new company in part payment.
A line of steamers was placed on the route between San Francisco and Kahului, touching at Honolulu. Immense quantities
of machinery and pipe were landed and hundreds of men employed in ditching between the valleys on the Koolau side of
Haleakala, the valleys being crossed by immense wrought iron
pipes which were true siphons.
A permanent railroad was laid to Waihee and to Waikapu connecting at Wailuku, from whence the cane was carried to a mill
above Kahului. Another permanent line connected the other
plantations. From these portable lines were laid into the fields,
and it was thus possible to dispense with hundreds of mules and
cattle and drivers heretofore used.
A large mill was built above the site of the old one, to which
all the cane accessible thereto was hauled.
He acquired a long lease of the Wailuku plains and converted
the thousands of acres there into cane-producing lands.
Without depriving the taro lands of water, he had a sufficiency
to supply more than sixty thousand acres. Having run his water
ditches in Koolau at a good elevation he was enabled to throw
the lands near Kalepolepo under cultivation, and at the same time
save what had been wasted in all the valleys in that country by
percolation. He built a few reservoirs where the contour of the
land made it safe and cheap to do so, and the life-giving fluid




124


The Master Planter; or


flowed where it had never before, except as rain. Gradually he
substituted steam plows for mules and cattle wherever possible,
and these did better work both at subsoiling and cross-plowinc
than it was the custom.
Breed assumed the management of the whole estate, keeping four sub-managers. From the overseers on the different plantations he selected the best, retaining only men who had the reputation of living moral lives and whose industry and sobriety could
be depended upon.
The natives flocked to him from all parts of the islands on account of the kind treatment they received. They are much like
children in their dispositions, and thrive best when under a chief
or one who will manage for them. Still he was obliged to bring
large numbers of Chinese, as laborers became scarcer. Towards
this end he sent one of his managers to China with instructions to
select healthy men from the rural districts and as far as possible
to obtain those who had wives and families.
Homes were provided for each of these, with a reservation for
a small garden where each might raise his modicum of vegetables.
In building these homes he adopted a method long in vogue in
the south of France and in Italy, of building from material on
the ground, which was much cheaper than from imported lumber.
By using the soil combined with a certain amount of small stone
or gravel and using molds, he built such solid structures as would
last for centuries, and yet had a very pleasing appearance from
a distance, and were much more comfortable and homelike than
the long rows of shanties formerly used. As these were erected
in little villages and some of the cottages two stories in height,
they reminded one of similar villages in Europe.
The common laborers did all the work of making these houses
excepting the fittings of doors and windows and roofing. They
cost but little more, if any, than the burlesques formerly called
makahiki houses, or laborers' quarters.
By a liberal policy of paying fair salaries to his managers, overseers and laborers, and taking an active interest in their welfare,
lie was enabled to obtain not only the best muscle, but the best
brain work, and this great estate was never, in a manner, dependent on the life of one man. IHe allowed nothing to go to
waste and madle all parts productive, importing as little as possible of what could be raised on the estate.
On the upper lands he produced all the wheat and oats neces



Life in the Cane Fields of Hawaii.


125


sary for hay and grain for his animals. Work cattle he discarded
entirely, and the number of horses and mules used for plowing
corners and small fields where the steam plows could not do effective work was very much reduced.
In every way that ingenuity could be applied to the planting,
cultivation, and manufacture of sugar he led the way, and the
estate was visited by sugar planters from many parts of the world.
One part of the estate was invariably visited by all, and as it
was Breed's own idea, well carried out, it is worth mentioning.
Hte had frequently noticed the greenness of the grass in a small
canyon and observed that the verdure there lasted much longer
than on neighboring lands. IHe surmised that it was caused
by an underground seepage from the mountain. Acting on this
presumption, he excavated a tunnel into the side of a ravine
above and was repaid in securing quite a flow of water. He
prosecuted the work at some expense of labor and powder and
was amply rewarded.
He then erected a dam in the ravine below, having first built
a very large cistern, to preserve the overflow. This seepage,
thus conserved, was ample to supply the mill and all the houses of
the manager and men in the vicinity, and afforded enough for the
little gardens. Probably this little invention of his made him
more talked of than any other.
It had long been known that the water stood in cavities in the
rocks for some time after other sources were dried up, and wild
cattle frequently resorted there. Native cattlemen had been accustomed to expect to find water in that place, a point which
he had learned from some of his people, and he had merely followed a course which he had frequently seen pursued in California. In a dry land, or one which is dependent on the periodical rainfall, water in pipes is a convenience greatly appreciated.




CHAPTER XXIX
CAPITAL AND LABOR AS YOKE FELLOWS-A CO-OPERATIVE SCHEME
THAT WORKED-CHRIST QUOTED.
ANY incidents could be told of Breed's thoughtfulness in
making provision for his men and their families, and as
the years rolled around many of those men felt that the
houses they had so long occupied and around which small orchards
and gardens had grown up were their homes. This was precisely
the home feeling he had sought to inculcate amongst his people,
and it is pleasant to be able to say that the Hawaiians were not the
only nationality who appreciated them. Quite a number of the
Chinese had returned to China, but after a year or so had come
back to his employ, bringing their wives and little families.
Also many of the white men who worked on the plantation
considered it their home, and knew they would be certain of
promotion or of having their salaries increased if their industry,
sobriety and interest warranted such reward. With new machinery and railroads, portable and permanent, and the locomotives and steam-plows, there came a large increase in the foreign
population on the estate-and this brought its concomitant social functions. Schools, social halls, public reading rooms, and
other public institutions sprung up which were arranged for by
the ladies and gentlemen who lived on the extended parts of the
estate. It did not appear that "to live was all of life," as had
been the custom and is still unfortunately the custom on so many
plantations.
To encourage thrift amongst the employees they were allowed
interest on such moneys as were to their credit, and it would
surprise any who have not taken an interest in such matters to
note to what an extent the common laborers as well as the better paid men took advantage of this arrangement, and what a
large sum it left with the estate.
Breed, while recognizing the enormous profits in sugar culture, felt that it was largely due to the laborer, and began to
realize that they were not paid in proportion to the service




Life in the Cane Fields of Hawaii.


127


rendered. While the invested capital assumed risks, and the
brains of the managers were entitled to the lion's share of
the profits, it was apparent that the common laborer was underpaid. He could not remedy this by paying more, as this
would materially affect the labor market throughout the
group.
Being the largest owner in the estate, he succeeded in inducing the directors and stockholders to adopt a scheme of
division of a share of the profits with the men who had so
largely aided in producing them. It was decided to set aside
a sum equal to 10 per cent. of the net profits and to divide
this amongst the laborers. As "Labor A/c" showed exactly
the sum paid out to the laboring men in contradistinction to
"Mechanics and Overseers," it was quite possible and simple
to credit each man with a share of the allotted 10 per cent.
of the profits. For instance, where the total of "Labor A/c"
was $90,000 and a man's pay for the year was $180, and the
allotted sum for division was $9,000, he would receive a credit
of $18. This was very encouraging to all employed, and gradually the interest taken in the work by the majority of the
men was quite apparent.
Strikes were not spoken of on this estate, as all employed
knew that the manager, or owner, as he was considered, was
in advance in thought for the welfare of all.
Probably the prime cause of all the friction between capital
and labor throughout the world is the cupidity of capitalists
or employers to screw down the producer to the lowest living share of what he has earned. Of course there are other
causes, but this grasping feature of mankind is the mainspring of the friction, and to it can be charged the poverty
and crime of the masses.
Five hundred and fifty years before Christ, Confucius taught,
"Do not unto others what you would not have them do unto you."
Christ, speaking to a livelier people, taught, "Do unto
others as you would have them do unto you."
An obedience to this latter command would remedy all the
labor troubles.
But the millenninlm is not coming in our day.
The cupidity of the capitalist is also the cause of the different Unions which have sprung up. These are right in principle, as single-handed the mechanic or laborer is helpless to
compel recognition of his worth or essentiality to the pros



128              The Master Planter.
perity of the business in which he is engaged. Unfortunately,
these Unions are led into taking part in politics, and matters
which were not thought of at the instant of their being
formed; and mien are easily led by demagogues to do those
things which react on themselves to the great distress of their
dependent wives and families.
If capitalists would unite and carefully consider and recognize the services of those who have augmented their capital
to such an enormous degree, there would be fewer strikes,
and the distress of innumerable families would be largely
mitigated.
Will this come in our day? It does not appear likely; and
on the contrary, some men prognosticate a great war between
capital and labor, and which may result in even radical
changes in the forms of governments. It is to be hoped that
wisdom will prevail, and that these two elements, so essential
to each other, will be amalgamated.




CHAPTER XXX
FASCINATING SMALL FARMING APPLIED TO A BIG PLANTATIONWHEAT, CORN, POTATOES, BUTTER, CHICKENS, HONEY.
AS has been several times remarked in this story of
Breed's life in Hawaii, he continually noticed the lack
of economy as practised in sugar culture on every
plantation he had visited-but he noticed the same thing
everywhere.  In Honolulu he had seen the dependence of
the population on importations of almost all the foodstuffs.
With the exception of taro and a limited number of kinds of
vegetables, every thing was imported, even to the corn and
chicken feed. In the east the farmer raises every thing needed
for the house, whereas in the west "ranchers" made specialties
of wheat and barley and purchased their potatoes or butter.
The plantations appeared to be restricted to raising cane,
and if any one deviated from that he was criticized and his
conduct made the theme of letters of neighbors, who prognosticated all manner of ruin that would follow.
Breed's establishment of a nursery from whence he was
enabled to transplant thousands of trees, both ornamental and
fruit, did not escape the condemnation of carpers. With very
little labor he cleared off some of the uplands and raised corn
and wheat in sufficient quantities for the use of the management and laborers. It was admitted that it was nice to have
fresh cornmeal; and this was appreciated by all the surrounding inhabitants, who, for a slight charge, were able to procure it. His people were easily induced to plant corn and sunflowers in their little gardens, and by this means to have a
plentiful supply of food for turkeys and chickens as well as
the "gentleman who pays the rent."
A matter that he was very familiar with was the cultivation of bees, and he determined to introduce them. In Kansas he had learned from a German neighbor a practical knowledge of the bee and its value in domestic economy. So much
is it appreciated in Germany that no schoolmaster is given his




130


The 1M1aster Planter.


diploma without first passing an examination on bee culture.
Prizes are given by the government annually to the best
apiarian, and every endeavor is made to encourage the art.
Bees are one of the most useful and lucrative appendages
of the cottager. They produce profitable results at a trifling
expense, and in the tropics, where they can work throughout
the whole year, a scientific knowledge and management of
them should pay a thousand fold on the outlay. They were
imported from Europe to America and have now spread over
the whole Union. The science of bee culture has had more
written about it than probably any other, the habits and nature of the insect having absorbed the attention of many of
the greatest philosophers. It is not the intention here to go
into a discussion of the history of the bee in Egypt, Greece,
Rome or of the Russian or Tartar tribes whose whole dependence is on this insect. Like anything else the American
takes hold of, he has invented and taken out patents
for the hives, frames, breeding boxes, mailing facilities, guide
comb, honey extractors, etc., innumerable, and cultivates the
bee better than it is done in any other country.
Breed imported twenty hives and placed them in charge of
a Chinanan, who, under his instructions, mnade a success of
the venture from the beginning. In a year he had over a hundred swarms, and he distributed them in small colonies
throughout the estate in sheltered places. He soon had more
honey than could be consumed on the Islands, but the markets of the world have never been surfeited with this commodity. He found that by a little tact he could keep them
producing honey continuously, and deprived them of their
entire product. Molasses was of little value and made a good
bee food in exchange for which he took their natural store.
By artificial feeding and returning the comb from which the
honey was extracted, they gave all their attention to the production of honey and none to wax. The hive produced from
200 to 600 pounds per annum, which was mostly shipped to
the markets of Europe and the United States. Without enlargement on the many innovations introduced by Breed, the
reader can see the extensive field an ideal agriculturist had
here for improvement.*


* The Pacific Commercial Advertiser of March 28th, 1908, published
the following report, the reading of which will prove interesting and




CHAPTER XXXI
"AND OF ALL THAT TIOU SHALT GIVE ME I WILL SURELY GIVE
THE TENTH UNTO TIEE -GEN. 28:22.
ROM      his boyhood Breed had been in the habit of giving
one-tenth of his receipts to support religious instruction.
His parents, old-fashioned Methodists, had always done so,
and his mother had impressed on himl tie value of so doing so
strongly that Allen had always given a part of any gifts or
presents he might have earned to the Missionary Society or
his mother's church. IIe decided to follow up that principle
through life and fromn his small salary as a teacher in a country school in New York he laid by one-tenth. The particular
disposition to be made of this money he retained control of;
that is, he gave to any church he pleased, either the one most
in need or the one which appeared to be doing the most good
for mankind.
From   his tenth year, when he began to keep a diary, he
kept a cash account.   This was expanded in Kansas into a
regular set of books, and amongst other accounts on his ledger
he kept "Religion" account and "Charity" account. These
profitable to any one interested in the honey industry in the Hawaiian
Islands:
From Aristotle to Honolulu, Dr. E. F. Phillips last evening, at the
University Club, rapidly reviewed the history of bees, honey bees, and
the speaker, who is one of the big men of thei Agricultural Department
at Washington, held the close attention of about half a hundred prominent men, a number of whom are interested in bee culture, telling them
what he had observed during his stay in these islands and the opportunities afforded here.
It will be remembered that not long ago there was on the mainland
an official criticism of certain Hawaiian honey exports, the declaration
being that the honey sent out from these islands was not Al, the inference being in many minds that it was suggested that Hawaiian honey
was adulterated.  This was explained by Dr. Phillips as being perhaps
on account of the shipment of what is commonly known as honey dew.
A declaration of the fact, he thought, would avoid any trouble as far
as the food and drug law of 1906 is concerned, and the speaker ad



132


The Mlaster Planter; or


were not blended into one, and he always had a definite distinction in his own mind in regard to them.
One-tenth of his earnings went to "Religion."    He did not
hesitate to charge up to this account any money paid for subscriptions for religious or non-sectarian periodicals and always
endeavored to pass such on to the neighbors for such edification as they might give.    However, he considered the fund
sacred, and never used it but for the purposes for which it had
been set aside, and this, too, as quickly as an opportunity afforded for its distribution.
In after years, when his income had become enormous, his
"Religion" account swelled to large proportions. Struggling
congregations in the west were frequently in receipt of money
assistance whose donor was unknown to them.         Missionary
Societies in many parts of the States, as well as on the Islands,
were assisted. A number of island churches were enabled to
make necessary repairs through his help.
His other account, "Charity," had no credit side and was
always closed annually into his private account. His attention
was frequently called to orphan children or children of poor
parents, who, if the opportunity was given, might be made
into good citizens. Many such he was able to clothe and place
at boarding schools.
On many occasions where the heads of famnilies were disabled by accident or disease from    supporting their families
he had paid them regular pensions.
vised, by way of a test case, that someone here send a tin of honey dew
to some friend in the mainland States with the explanation that it was
honey dew, or what is so-called, at the same time advising the authorities of his action.
Just before Dr. Phillips left Washington he had a talk with the
solicitors of the department, and the opinion was given him, for he
asked the question in anticipation of some such explanation being of
advantage here, that as long as the truth was told in regard to the
nature of the goods there could be no prosecution under the food and
drug act.
Dr. Phillips said that he had visited the islands of Hawaii, Maui and
Molokai, besides looking around this island, and everywhere he had
been shown, as much as his limited time would allow, what was being
done in the bee line. lHe had observed in every cane field the presence
of the leaf-hopper, and he said that the leaf-hopper was known for the
sticky secretion deposited on the sugar leaf.
Such secretions, the secretions of the leaf-hopper and other insects,




Life in the Cane Fields of Hawaii.


133


So many had thus got on his pension roll either as students
or decrepit that he feared in case of his death they would
suffer.  To avert such a catastrophe he had insured his life in
a large sum payable to the executors of his will, in trust to
continue these benefactions.   Men called Breed "lucky," and
asserted that anything which he undertook prospered, some
saying they would like to rub their hands on his back to obtain some of his luck.     Perhaps proper economy, industry,
and a use of the intelligence with which they were endowed
would have produced like results in their cases.
Breed never forgot that he was a member of society and
that it was his duty in life to be interested in the welfare of
his neighbor.   The little kindlinesses which a whole-souled
man can sprinkle along his path as he goes through life will
spring up like flowers by the wayside for the enjoyment of
himself and his fellowmen.
To be interested in the maintenance of good schools
througlhout the islands, knowing the immeasurable influence
they have on the coming crop of citizens, was natural to
Breed. A kind word to the teacher of a remote school or a
little lecture to the scholars was always appreciated. A little
spared from his "Religion" account went far towards embellishing country schools with the adjuncts in the way of maps,
globes, flags, etc., which make a school attractive. Further
than these, however, went the knowledge of each child that
were gathered by the honey bees at times and were responsible for the
honey dew product as distinguished from honey proper.
Not that he desired those here interested in bees to become alarmed,
but Dr. Phillips wanted particularly to draw attention to the fact that
there was a more or less universal bee disease to be warned of. At
present, as far as he was able to observe, there was no such disease
among Hawaiian bees. The bee plague to be on guard against is what
is known as foul brood, a micro-organic affection most disastrous to the
culture.  It affects the developing bee and is present in nearly all the
States.  The chief avenues of danger are in the importation of queen
bees and their retinues and in imported honey which may be used in
assisting local bees.
Dr. Phillips was of the opinion that Hawaiian honey was sold at too
low a price.  He mentioned that the honey industry, while nothing
great, meant a matter of some $2,000,000 a year on the mainland.
Americans, he said, excel in the matter of practical application of
scientific facts to bee culture.  Europeans, especially Germans and the
French, were away ahead in the science of such, discovering the facts
taken advantage of by the Americans.




134              The Master Planter.
a great man was interested in his or her welfare and was
always willing to return the salute invariably accorded him by
every scholar.
Knowing also of the benefit a community, consisting so
largely of laborers, could receive from the services of a good
physician, Breed considered it a very proper way of disposing
of a part of his "Religion" fund by supplementing the small
salary of a country doctor. It gave him some influence with
the Board of Health in recommending appointments as government physicians. Their work in ameliorating the condition of the poor cannot be over-estimated. The natives are
very amenable to treatment, their diet being simple and their
diseases being naturally of a simple character.  It was rarely
that the islands were visited by any epidemic.  The regular
visit of the physician to each little village was looked forward
to and the mothers presented their clean children for inspection with pride and accepted such advice and remedies as the
doctor gave them.




CHAPTER XXXII
TIE BALEFUL EFFECTS OF ALCOIOL ON THE NATIVE-THE OLLA
A TEMPERANCE AID.
A  NYONE acquainted with the history of the islands knows
of the baleful effects of alcohol on the natives, and all
who have had to do with the red races know of the
uncontrollable desire they have for any drink which will
cause intoxication.
Nature seems so prolific in furnishing so many sources for
gratifying this desire, that some are free to argue that
alcohol is one of the gifts of the Creator and made to be enjoyed. This may be so, so far as enjoyment goes, but the red
men, and many whites, having indulged somewhat, are thereafter incapable of restraint and will debase themselves, committing all manner of lewdness and waste their substance to
the detriment of their families.
Breed was extremely solicitous that, as far as his influence
went, he would endeavor to wean his people from intemperance.  For them to merely know that he was set against the
use of alcohol would cause them to conceal the use of intoxicants, and the use thereof in a surreptitious manner would be
greater than the open obtaining of the wherewithal to make
drunk come. He believed in local option, and that if a community wished saloons to be opened that they had the right
to have them, and vice versa.
No saloons were permitted on the island, and yet very
much alcohol in different forms found its way into the camps
and throughout the island.
The women in their huis used their influence against it,
but still the use of it increased.
In ancient times natives had made intoxicant drinks from
fermented starches, found in any form, principally breadfruit, ti-root, and sweet potatoes. The white man went a step
farther and taught them to make alcohol from these fermen



136


The Alaster Planter; or


tations, and this was a more acceptable and speedy method
of causing intoxication.
They used much awa (piper mcthysticum), which was
chewed up and the saliva strained and drank. This was a
miserable intoxicant, paralyzing the nerves and rendering the
participant utterly helpless for some hours. It was said to
be a good remedy for a certain skin disease, but one had to continue the use of it for such a time as to note its constitutional
effects; and the stages gone through at times caused a most
repulsive appearance in the awa drinker.
The white man's example and influence went far towards
leading the red man in either direction, and it is unfortunate
that it had largely been used towards their destruction.
When Breed was established as an apprentice on the plantation of which he afterwards became consecutively manager
and owner, he frequently yearned for a drink from that old
olla which hung on the branch of the live-oak in Grass Valley. They had brought two of these clay ollas amongst their
effects when coming to Honolulu, and Mrs. Breed packed one
of them very carefully and sent it to him. He hung it in the
lanai of his cottage, and it acquired quite a reputation amongst
the mechanics at the mill as a well from whence one could
always obtain a drink of pure, cold water. In fact, it had
the effect of attracting men in the evening to that part of the
laborers' quarters, and slowly this grew to be a place where
men sought each other's company.
Perhaps they liked to hear our hero expatiate on John
Brown's actions in the bloody affrays in Kansas, and which
ultimately led to the war of the rebellion.
When the news arrived of the assassination of Mr. Lincoln, men came in from several of the surrounding plantations, and it appeared as if a great grief had stricken each individual.
Having "Kansas" with them, and having heard so much of
John Brown and his martyrdom, "Kansas" appeared to them
to be the connecting link between the two great martyrs.
With his great reading, his unsophisticated ways, and his fine
command of language, "Kansas" was a natural leader, and
no one left his little circle without feeling that in his innermost soul he had been benefited by the conversation.
They often joked with each other, "are you going up to the




Life in the Cane Fields of Hawaii.     137
Kansas club tonight?" and it eventually grew to be the
proper thing to call on "Kansas" on Tuesday and Saturday
evenings. It was beneficial to "Kansas" also, as he felt impelled to keep in advance in his reading in current literature.
Afterwards, when he became manager, he provided a large
room, which was well supplied with literature, especially in
the form of magazines.




CHAPTER XXXIII
THE TELEPHONE PUBLICLY USED ON MAUI BEFORE IT BECAME
GENERAL IN THE UNITED STATES.
W  HEN the telephone was introduced, which, by the way,
was first publicly used on Maui, having sprung across
the continent from New York and was in popular use
on this estate before it became general in the United States,
this room was called the telephone office. The boys said, because "they tell funny things there."
When the amalgamation of the several plantations was effected, Breed saw the desirability of having many of these
offices, as the telephone was a great time-saver and was conducive to economic management. He either improvised an
old house or built a cheap one for the telephone office in each
of the villages of Waikapu, Wailuku, Waihee, Kahului, Paia,
Hamakuapoko, and Haiku, and in several of the camps.
Here he established a man at a small salary and encouraged
him to keep a supply of periodicals and a stock of mineral
waters, cigars and light refreshments, not forgetting an olla
with its pure, cold water. Each of these was kept in a cleanly,
orderly manner, and were places of resort for not only the attaches of the plantation in the vicinity, but were looked upon
as public reading rooms in their respective neighborhoods.
The men in charge were not only satisfactorily paid, but often
made as much more from the profits on temperance drinks, refreshments, etc. These positions were therefore sought after,
but were given as rewards to faithful sub-lunas, or as pensions to such as became crippled in the service of the estate.
The congregating of the men in these clubs, if we will use
the term. was on the whole beneficial to the management, and
the manager was enabled to gather much information from
the observation of the men in the fields. It frequently happened that the first information of the ravages of any pest, or
the lack of any essential in the soil of a locality, or the discovery of a variety of cane, was first obtained at these places.




Life in the Cane Fields of Hawaii.


139


Maui was not an ideal heaven, and crimes were committed
there as in other places, but the detection of the perpetrators
through the net-work of these telephone offices was much
facilitated. It was frequently remarked that East Maui was
the easiest policed of any part of the islands, which was largely
due to the temperate habits of the inhabitants. "Kansas," or
Breed, attributed this state of affairs to the old olla, whose
predecessor hung in the evergreen live-oak at Grass Valley.
Breed came to the conclusion that the best way to promote
temperance was to educate the children and people in such
manner that the habit of using intoxicants would not be acquired. He believed in police restriction, preventing the establishment of saloons, and that they should only be opened
where the community allowed them to be.
He saw the futility of attempting the prevention of the
manufacture of intoxicants, and recognized that nature had
so bountifully supplied the material. Also he admitted that
temperate use of wine or beer was the opposite of prejudicial
to the health and longevity of the human race.
It is unfortunate that the vast amount of nutritious food
contained in grapes and cereals should be destroyed through
converting the same into alcohol, which itself is so destructive in its effects on the morals and health of mankind. "The
wine of Hymettus was scraped from the bottles" is the record
of Homrer. Champagne and other wines require no scraping
from the bottles. The wine of the ancients was therefore
food of the highest quality, and the making of such was
merely the preserving of the excess of one season's crop of
fruits against the off season, or for portability in transportation.
In converting this food into our modern wines, fortified
with alcohol, have we improved on the system?
Chemists assure us that the juice of the grape more nearly
approaches the constituency of human blood than any known
natural product. It would appear from  the facility with
which the grape grows in everv terrestrial zone, that it is
marvelously adapted for food. The grape cure, i. e., the living on grapes alone for a definite period, has the effect of
changing the constitution of the individual, producing a clean
skin and improving the digestion.




CHAPTER XXXIV
TIIE PRIMAL CURSE APPLIED TO CANE CULTURE-MANUFACTURING
AND MARKETING TIlE SUGAR.
REED realized the necessity for economy in every branch
of the business of sugar culture. The great waste he
had witnessed on Oahu, at Lahaina, Wailuku, and on
this estate had impressed on him the importance of saving
his crop and realizing the highest market value for it. Immediately on becom-ing owner he had severed connection with
the Honolulu agents.  They were exceedingly suave and
endeavored to show him the advisability of maintaining an
agency in Honolulu for the convenience of purchasing supplies and as a forwarding factor. He would have none of it,
and proposed to ship his crop direct to the coast, and, if possible, sell it direct to the consumer. He made only two
classes of sugar, No. 1 and No. 2, and molasses.
He did put up an extra quality of No. 1, made by washing
the sugar while in the centrifugal, and which was a very simple process. This washed sugar, being sweeter than refined
sugar, readily found a market west of the Rockies. He made
arrangements with a firm in San Francisco which had an exceedingly extensive connection throughout the States of California, Oregon and the Territories of Washington, Idaho,
Montana, and Arizona, who agreed to make a specialty of
putting his sugar into every retail store throughout those
regions. His kegs were to be found in every mining camp
west of the Rockies, and his No. 2 sugar was used in all the
fruit canneries.
His molasses, not having been robbed of all saccharine matter, was in extensive demand. Much of the molasses, however, was used on the estate. Cattle and horses were very
fond of it, and combined with ordinary cane tops it made
a very fattening and strengthening food. It was remarked
that his cattle, when turned out after a season's work, were
in better condition than when first brought in. He found




Life in the Cane Fields of Hawaii.


141


that they became exceedingly fond of the diluted molasses
when it arrived at a state of fermentation and would "get
drunk as lords." It was necessary, therefore, to keep all the
feeding troughs frequently cleansed with pure water.
Molasses was also extensively used in mixing cement, of
which great quantities was required in making cement walks,
which repaid the outlay as conservators of water. In a dry
region it is very essential to catch the frequent showers, and
many cisterns were built for this purpose, to which these
cement walks led.
As Breed's output reached the 100,000-ton per annum mark,
he was considered one of the factors in the world's sugar supply, and he was continually besought, both by correspondence and personal visits of capitalists, to combine with them
in erecting refineries and controlling the sugar market, so as
to be enabled to milk the market ad libitumi. This was contrary to his principles, but they had so much influence with
Congress and succeeded in either threatening the repeal of
the reciprocity treaty or in putting up the tariff on foreign
sugar or in lowering it that he was finally compelled to cooperate with them. This eventually required a change in the
manufacture of sugar, in that it was necessary to convert the
whole output into as portable a shape as possible. Thus wooden
containers were dispensed with and the whole tarry mass was
sacked in jute bags and shipped.
The changes which had occurred in the manufacture of
sugar from the time when he first witnessed the cultivation
on Oahu were something enormous. Lands which had produced a satisfactory crop of two and one-half tons per acre
were made to yield six and eight tons. When boiling in open
train, as he first found the procedure, it was good boiling to
obtain 66 per cent. in weight to the weight of juice. By the
latest appliances in cultivation and machinery for extraction
and boiling in vacuo as much as 90 per cent. and more was
obtained. Not only was a great saving made in this direction,
but the matter of fuel and other expenses was largely reduced.
Formerly wet trash from the rollers was spread over a large
surface on the mill grounds for sun-drying at considerable
expense, and which was afterwards stored in immense trash
houses to shelter it from the rains.  Now it went direct to the
furnaces after coming through triple sets of rollers, and being




142


The Master Planter; or


merely damp enough to burn better than chemically dry trash
would burn. Thus an immense quantity of wood was saved,
and the forests to that extent spared.
Thus the enlarged crop was produced at a minimum of
cost and was marketed at the maximum prices.
By using judgment in cultivating only such soil as was
suitable, by allowing it to lie fallow at regular intervals, by
cultivating it with steam machinery, by correcting it, by
manuring it, and by selecting good seed from distant lands or
other islands, by fertilizing the sprouted cane, by destroying
the pests which battened on it, by economy in transporting to
the mills, by obtaining the largest possible percentage of
crystallized matter from the juice, and by shipping direct and
obtaining the highest prices for his output, our hero was beginning to realize his dream of what should be the best mode
of sugar culture.
Still he was neither quite satisfied with the latest inventions in sugar making nor with the manner in which the cultivation was done, and indulged in dreams of what electricity
might do for the soil and also what it might effect in boiling
or inspissating the juice. Truly, he was now supported by a
cabinet of thoughtful, discerning men, whom he had selected,
and who were all interested in the work, and from whose
discoveries and inventions many useful methods and appliances were adopted. One, for instance, invented and patented
a mold-board p)low, another a trenching plow, and still another invented a cane-leaf stripper, which made play of what
had been the most repugnant part of cane cultivation. This
latter was a wire with a peculiar twist, which, being inserted
and drawn downwards, cleaned the stalk at one dash without
injury to the hands.
The primal curse, "thou shalt earn thy bread by the sweat
of thy brow," seemed to follow cane culture, for as the extension of the fields progressed so the number of parasites or
pests which preyed on the cane multiplied. Whether they
were introduced or originated spontaneously, as weevils do in
a clean warehouse, was a question.
The planters of the islands formed an association at whose
frequent meetings these and everything else pertaining to
sugar culture were freely discussed, each gaining something
from the observations of others. An entomologist was em



Life in the Cane Fields of Hawaii.     143
ployed and the pests studied scientifically. Enemies of the
pests were introduced, some of which, unfortunately, proved
enemies to other industries, and some of the parasitic insects
were destroyed. Encouragement was given to inventors of
labor-saving machines, and amongst other inventions they
produced was a cane-loader, which saved much time and expense. On lands where it was impossible to make roads the
trolley carrier, so much used in the mining regions of California and Nevada, was introduced, and immense bundles
were thus transported across ravines and impassable tracts
to the railroad or mills direct. This brought in lands which
had heretofore been considered valueless.  By the aid of
buoys and immense cranes sugar was shipped from what was
deemed an inaccessible coast, and the out-put of the islands
was increased enormously.  The amount invested in the industry was appalling. It was at this stage when the labor
question made itself felt, and it will be necessary to add a
few political chapters to elucidate the measures taken to
overcome the difficulty, and which, while not successful, were
the means of subverting the Hawaiian monarchy.




CHAPTER XXXV
NATIVE LABOR BECOMING SCARCE, EXPERIMENTS WITI MANY
PEOPLES WERE MADE-A POLITICAL REVIEW.
IHEN the native labor was becoming so scarce as to be
perceptible, some Chinese were introduced, who made
admirable agricultural laborers. The King had enlarged ideas of increasing the people, and sought to introduce some of a cognate race. The attempt to bring East
Indians failed, and attention was turned to the South Seas.
Some of these were induced to migrate, but they proved a
very inferior stock to the H-awaiians, and very inferior laborers. Portuguese from  the Azores were brought in and
answered the purpose of laborers well, but the cost per capita
was too large to warrant bringing more. A colony from
Norway was brought, but they had not been carefully selected
from the rural districts, and it proved a failure.
Some Germans were landed and were made to feel as much
at homne as possible by the establishing of German schools
and churches, but they found that labor in the canefields of
the tropics was not suitable for them. They could do most
of the work, barring stripping cane and irrigating.  The
former destroyed the hands, and the effect of puddling round
in water destroyed the feet, of the heads of families, and
slowly they obtained better positions or left the islands for
the mainland, or returned whence they came.
A treaty with Japan was made and some laborers brought
from there. These answered admirably as workers, but to
their introduction has been ascribed the downfall of the
monarchy.
The British government had placed a taboo on the departure
of any Chinese from the port of Hongkong, or from any Chinese port within two hundred miles thereof in British bottoms tunder contract-and Chinese laborers were thus unobtainable. This was exceedingly unfortunate, as this people
were content to work for low wages and had no political
aspirations.




Life inl the Cane Fields of Hawaii.


145


The King had obtained a treaty of reciprocity with the
United States which gave great encouragement to the sugar
industry, but which naturally destroyed the commerce between the islands and Europe. This treaty was afterwards
emasculated by the admission of sugar from all parts of the
world free with a two-cent bounty on home sugar, McKinley tariff. The King visited the States in order to see if the
reciprocal nature of the treaty could not be nmade good either
by a bounty or otherwise.
While in San Francisco the King dield, and his sister took
the oath and became Queen. Although the King was not a
model man, as princes ordinarily are not, still at heart he
wished the welfare of his country and had advanced views
towards that end. H-e was frequently led astray by followilng
the advice of adventurers, but when corneredl he tried to
make amends.
His sister * was of quite a different staml, and, forgetting
what century she reigned in, began with her ascension of the
throne to dabblle in politics, and sought to introduce measures
such as licensing lotteries and opium selling, which the better element knew to be sul)versive of good morals. Ilaving
threatened to abrogate the constitution, which she had taken
an oath to supp)ort, and to p)romulgate a new constitution, a
radical element in the city of HTonolulu sent word to her that
she was removed from     the throne, and established a I'rovisional Government.
Immediately a Conmission was sent on to \Vashington
tendering the annexation of i-awaii to tle United States.
The naval officers of the great powers of England, ]France
and America had long understood the value of l-Jawaii as a
strategic point in the mid-Pacific, and had urged their governments to secure the possession of the groulp.     Engllrand
and France had signed a treaty that neither of them would
* Any political bitterness which may have })een felt toward Queen
Liliuokalani vanished when she made her declaration of loyalty to the
lVnited States in the jubilee numTber of the Advertiser, July 2, 1906.
Since then her old foes have been first to wish her well, and they will
not withhold their congratulations on this her seventieth birthday. HIer
Majesty is an influence for peace between the races ]iving in lTawaii
and for good Americanism. When she rides through the streets of her
former capital today, she will not lack for respectful greetings.-Pacific
Commercial Advertiser, Sept. 2, 1908.




146


The Master Planter; or


attempt to acquire the Islands, and America had given her
assent to the treaty, but refrained from signing.
When the tender of annexation was made, the President
signed a treaty of annexation, but it required the approval of
the Senate. Before that could be obtained a new President
was inaugurated, and he withdrew the treaty from the Senate
and sent a Commissioner to Hawaii to learn on the spot the
means by which the Queen was removed. Having satisfied
himself that it was done by the assistance of the U. S. Minister and U. S. troops, he demlanded that the Queen be restored, on condition that the principal citizens who took part
in the revolution should be pardoned. To this the Queen refused to give her assent, and the Provisional Government
continued.
A year and one-half after the formation of the Provisional
Government, a Constitutional Convention was convened and
a Republic was formed. Many thought this would continue
indefinitely, but some of those largely interested in sugar continually urged the necessity of annexation of the Republic
to the United States, giving as a reason that Japan, which had
so many subjects residing in Hawaii, might forcibly take the
country. On renewing the tender of annexation, the U. S.
Government consented, and Hawaii became a part of the
Union.
While the Republic was in existence permission was granted
to Chinese to emigrate to Hawaii, if not under contract, by
the British government. Under this permission over seven
thousand laborers were introduced. This relieved the situation and the sugar industry again flourished. It is understood
that in the tropics labor must be renewed every three or four
years, the Chinese especially feeling that three years demands
of them a rest.
Annexation knocked out the contract system in toto, and
also excluded Chinese labor, and prices for labor soared upwar(ls. Beet sugar was being manufactured in such quantities in Europe and some parts of the States that the price
came down very materially, and Hawaii was "up against it,"
in vulgar parlance. Japanese, having found the road to Hawaii, kept coming in such numibers that it was possible to obtain the complement of laborers necessary, but at an advanced rate.




Life il thc Cante Fields of Hawaii.    147
It is in place here to tell somewhat to what extent the
Islands are indebted to Chinese for the development of the
resources of the country, and to speak of the unreasonableness of the U. S. laws in excluding them from a part of the
world which needs their services, if on no other grounds.
These laws have often been declared by wise and broadminded men iniquitous and un-American and a blemish on the
statute books of the great republic.




CHAPTER XXXVI
TIHE CHINESE AND TIEIR RELATION TO HAWAII-VICES AND
VIRTUES OF TIlIS PEOPLE.
ARLY in the nineteenth century Chinese began to arrive
at the Hawaiian Islands.  Kamehameha, the Great,
opened a trade with China, sending cargoes of sandalwood to Canton for sale. It is thought that on some of these
returnino vessels a few came. Gradually the numbers increased until the sugar industry began to be prosecuted in
earnest, when they came in large numbers, assisted by the
planters.
They are quick at acquiring the native language, and many
of them mnarried native women. They made good husbands
and fathers. Invariably they sent their children to China to
live with the old folks and be educated in the language of the
fathers. It is frequently remarked that the Chinese on the
Islands are a superior class to those who have gone to California. This is not so, but, by reason of acquiring the native
language, which was a medium of conversation with the
whites, the distance between master and servant was overcome and we were enabled to discern their lines of thought.
They are exceedingly bright and have some admirable
qualities, such as indomitable perseverance and industry and
love of home.  They are peculiarly a commercial people, although the masses are agriculturists. As merchants they
understand thoroughly the benefit of combining their capital
and also of maintaining their reputation for square dealing.
After the natives, they are preeminently the most dependalle labor which has been introduced into the Islands. Once
given to understand what is wanted of them, and they could
be depended on to do it without threat or spur. A few of
them were adm'itted to citizenship under the monarchy, principally for the reason that they were desirous of marrying
'native women, the old law prohibiting the marriage of a na



Life ill the Canle Fields of Hawaii.  149
tive to a foreigner who was not a citizen. Many of them became Christians and reared their families in that faith.
A residence on the Islands improves them very much, and
on returning to their own land, where the government is so
far behind that of the occident, they continually urge reform
measures.
The great love of this people for education, and their appreciation of good government, make them model denizens
of the country.
The misdemeanors of gamibling and opium smoking cover
most of the sins of the Chinaman. The latter is abhorred by
the majority, and its evil consequences are harped upon by
their principal speakers and writers. Their love for children
and the self-denial which they practice to send money to the
old folks to maintain them and educate the children could be
emulated by white men with advantage.
When annexation was being sought the Chinese, although
constituting one-third of the population, took no part in the
discussion, trusting in the leadership of the foreigner, whose
wisdom they had learned to appreciate. They little dreamt
of the baleful effect annexation would have on their trade,
commerce and opportunities.
The Chinese have been of so much benefit to the Islands
in so many ways that they are thoroughly appreciated. In
every little valley a Chinese store may be found, which is
a great convenience to the neighborhood, and at the same
time the trade is insufficient to warrant a white man in opening such markets. In a thousand instances they have leased
land which was apparently valueless and by their industry
succeeded in reclaiming it and making it tax and rent producing property.
They control the rice industry of the Islands, but the
coming of the exclusion laws bids fair to extinguish that resource, for the reason that further laborers are unobtainable,
and, as in other fields, the rice cultivator must have a rest.
They can not understand why they should be prohibited from
coming and going as of yore, especially when the necessity
of their labor in this tropical country is so apparent for the
sugar and rice industries.
As a matter of fact, they were not taken into consideration
by those political leaders who pushed for annexation, and the
exclusion laws will not only exclude but will ultimately re



150


The Master Planter.


duce the Chinese population to a mere handful, there being
so many of them dependent one on another.  When told that
the United States was too great a country to be suspected of
intentionally annexing or marrying Hawaii with the ultimate
result of destroying any particular industry, the Chinaman
remarks that he fails to see the difference between the intentional or accidental when the result is the same.
The immigration laws of the United States may be exactly
what is wanted in that country, but when the great republic
spreads its wings and covers part of the tropics, it reaches a
region where a class of labor is necessary which can not be
supplied from the north.
There is no fear that there will ever be an exodus of Chinese from their own country in sufficient numbers to interfere with either the political or commercial prosperity of
that great country. As America is looking towards China
for a market for her manufactures and products, it would be
advisable for her to be liberal with the Chinese to secure their
confidence, and not to exclude the few celestials who may
wish to visit the United States for a longer or shorter period.
It is only with the intention of returning to Cathay that a
Chinaman ever leaves his own country, and they will thus
never interfere with the politics of America. In the meantime their labor is much needed in developing the resources
of the country.




CHAPTER XXXVII
A RESUME OF TIE HISTORY OF THE IAWAIIAN ISLANDS-FROM
THE RISE TO THE FALL OF TIlE MONARCHY.
T IS necessary to give a short resume of the history of the
Islands.  The Hawaiian, or Sandwich, Islands were discovered by Captain Cook, the great English circumnavigator, in 1778. He met his death on the Island of Hawaii at
the hands of the natives, while he was endeavoring to coerce
the King to go on board of his ship. Cook had appeared to
the natives as a god, and was called by them Lono, the god
whom prophecy had stated would again come to the Islands.
He had learned the language of the New Zealanders, which
is very similar to that of Hawaii, and also to that of Tahiti,
where he had rendezvoused for a period. Consequently he
was able to talk to the people, which probably added to their
idea that he was the returning Lono.  He knew that he was
worshiped by them and permitted it for ulterior purposes.
The hospitality lavished upon him was exceedingly onerous
on the common people, who had to bear the whole brunt of
carrying pigs, taro, and all'kinds of food from very long distances to the part of the Islands where the ships were anchored. A boat from one of the ships had been stolen, for the
sake of the nails in its composition, and Cook was anxious to
get hold of the King as a hostage to secure the return of the
boat. He had tried this scheme at some of the South Sea
Islands and found it worked well. The Hawaiians were alert
and scented danger, and advised the King against going on
board.
When Cook attempted to use force, he was bustled by the
natives, and one of them hit him with a stone. At this he
groaned, and the illusion that he was a god was dispelled.
He was quickly killed, but his body was recovered and taken
to England. The statement that his body was eaten by the
cannibals of the Sandwich Islands is as untrue as it is true




152


The Master Planter; or


that from Cook's visit came the seeds of death which have
at this day reduced the nation to a tithe of what it was.
Cook's first officer estimated the population at 500,000, and
this statement is probably a fair estimate. It is not only so
from a census taken at a later date, but from signs of cultivation on now unused lands that we are led to believe such
an estimate was approximately correct.
Internecine wars, pestilence, disease, rum and its concomitant evil effects, together with the change from nudity and
the enhanced toughness of cuticle engendered thereby to
the adoption of clothing and its debilitating effects, have
united to cause this serious decimation of the population.
Commerce has always followed closely after new discoveries, and during Kamehameha's reign a trade sprang up with
China, which brought to Hawaii, in exchange for its sandal-wood,
some of the manufactures of that country. Furniture, silks,
clothing, etc., began to be appreciated by the chiefs; and the
common people were coerced by them into denuding the
Mnountains of that commodity to supply their wants. Hawaii
had nothing else to export. During his reign horses, cattle
ind sheep were introduced, and they have multiplied to the
vast destruction of the forests which clothed the mountains
as with a garment, and undoubtedly to the serious reduction
of the rainfall.
By the aid of firearms procured from the traders, Kamehameha was enabled to reduce the whole islands to his sway,
although he had formerly been frequently beaten in battle.
Finding his ships were comlpelled to pay large tonnage
dues in China, he established a system of such charges and
also began to levy duties on imports. He maintained a good
government, where life and property were safe. He died in;1819, and was succeeded by his son Liholiho, who reigned
until 1824; he (lied in England when on a visit there.
During his reign the American missionaries arrived and the
tabus were broken, the worst of which was the interdict
against man and wife eating together.
Liloliho was succeeded by his brother, Kauikeaouli, who
as Kamehameha III. reigned from 1825 to 1854. During his
long reign of twenty-nine years Hawaii advanced very rapidly
in every way. Old and young were seized with a desire to
learn to read and thousands became Christians. In 1852 the
first consignment of Chinese coolies arrived to take the place




Life in the Cane Fields of Hazcaii.


153


of the fast decaying Hawaiians. Smallpox ravaged the islands
from March to October, 1853, the number of deaths thereby
being unobtainable. The first regular census was taken in
that year, December 30.
This good king (Kamehameha III.) died December 15,
1854, and was succeeded by his nephew, Alexander Liholiho.
He reigned but nine years, and (lied at the age of twentynine.
The postoffice was established in 1859, and many public
improvements were begun during his reign. Alexander Liholiho was succeeded by his brother, Lot, who reigned as Kamehameha V. to 1872. HIe was a very firm man and made
a good sovereign.
King Lot did not appoint a successor, and the people
elected his cousin, Lunalilo, who refused to be called a Kamehameha, feeling that he should have been appointed by
his uncle, Kamehameha III. HIe probably would have been
appointed but for his having acquired habits of intemperance.
He reigned but one year, during which time he had a good
cabinet and the country was prosperous.
Lunalilo refused to appoint a successor, and Kalakaua was
elected. The people were defrauded of their choice, which
was Queen Emma, relict of Kamehameha IV., by open and
notorious bribery. On the announcement of the result of the
special legislature, the mob assaulted the government building and gutted it. Some of the electors were killed and
others injured * and troops were landed from foreign vessels
to preserve order. He was in no manner connected with the
Kamehameha (lynasty, but belonged to a family of chiefst
who had been subdued by the conquerer. He reigned eighteen
years, during which time the country prospered and the:sugar industry rapidly rose to first place. His motto was
"hooulu lahui," increase the nation, and efforts were made in
many directions to secure immigration, with only partial success.  He was urbane, sociable, a pleasant after-dinner
speaker, and canable of conversing intelligently on almost
any subject. While encouraging instruction and not objecting to religious toleration, Kalakaua encouraged the ancient
* One died afterwards from the injuries he had received.
t David Kalakana was descended from Kameeiamoku and Keaweaheulu, aliis and counselors of Kamehameha T.




154


The Master Planter.


practices of superstitious origin, such as kahunaism and the
bestial hula. He visited Washington in 1874, and was the;neans of securing the reciprocity treaty with America. He
traveled around the world in 1881 making the journey in nine
months, and was royally received everywhere, although the
intention had been to travel incognito. During his com,paratively long reign many of the public improvements which
meet the eye on the islands were inaugurated, such as the
telephone system, steam fire engines, the palace, marine railway, Surveyor General's building, Police  Station, Postal
Savings Bank, and a new currency of the same weight and
fineness as the U. S. silver standard. It would be impossible
to please all the different factions, and his reign will always
be remembered by the solid improvements effected, and forms
*a distinct epoch in Hawaiian history. Often he was led to
do what he afterwards admitted to have been unwise, and
when confronted with an aggrieved public he was willing to
make admission of his errors and correct them.
David Kalakaua died in California in 1892, and was followed on
the throne by his sister, Queen Liliuokalani, who lacked the tact
of her brother, and quickly brought about her downfall and terminated Hawaiian monarchy.




CHAPTER XXXVIII
OUR HERO IN REVIEW AGAIN-EXPERIMENTS WITH ELECTRICITYMENTION OF NOBLE MEN AND WOMEN OF HAWAII.
URING the years of his management prices for sugar
had steadily gone down on account of the great increase
of the cultivation of the beet in Germany, France and
the several States of the Union, and Breed was forced to
study the situation with much solicitude.
In scanning the field, he saw that the land was producing
much more than he had anticipated, that the crop was being
harvested at a minimum of what the previous cost for cultivation and transportation had been, that the results in the
mill were almost up to what he judged should be a proper
percentage of crystallized matter to the weight of the extracted juice, and he saw that with the exception of obtaining the full price for his product there were but two ways in
which the situation could be improved.
In his experiments with electricity, tried in a small way,
he saw that it could be utilized in cultivation with the double
advantage of (lestroying pests and of aiding the rootlets of
the cane to form those minute bulbs through which the life
of it was secured. Also, the value of electricity in the mill,
not in lighting and in running small machinery only, but as
an aid in the crystallizing of the sugar, both in time and in
quantity, was impressed on him. He knew he had great resources of power for making electricity in the many ravines
through which the immense a(queduct passed, and, although
the loss in conducting the electricity to the fields and mill
from a distance would be considerable, he felt in the future
he would endeavor to make use of this power which nature
had placed in his hands.
The other exception was in the excessive price he was
paying for labor. Knowing so much of the history of China
and the Far East, and of the myriads of people there who
were barely existing, and of the gladness thousands of them




156


The Master Planter; or


would feel at having an opportunity to better their condition, he felt that it would be only right for him to make a
strenuous endeavor to assist many of them to come to Hawaii for his own interests and as a humanitarian measure.
I-e had always followed the principle of employing white
men wherever available, and confined the Asiatics to field
work. Hle had practical experience in the field, and, although
there were times when he felt that he could stand such work,
he knew now that the actinic rays of the sun in the tropics
had such an effect on one of northern birth and maturation
that no acclimation would prevent the blood from becoming
thin and unable to stand field work. HIe looked over his
colony of Chinese and compared their situation to what it
had been accustomed to in its native land. Large families
of children surroundled every home, enjoying good health
and opportunities for education. Largely they had cast aside
the peculiarities which had distinguished them from others;
and without queues or peculiarities of dress, with their neat
homes embellished with foreign furniture, sewing machines,
pictures, etc., they were assuredly becoming Christian in belief, as the increasing church membership showed.
It would take a g-eneration to remove many of the superstitions which they had inherited. They had their clubs and
debating societies, which they conducted as well and orderly
as the best society in any part of the United States, and continually sought to increase their knowledge of the world.
Hundreds of them were subscribers for American periodicals,
and the parents compelled the children to read and translate
them. It is unnecessary to state that many of them had good
bank accounts, and were owners in the stock of the estate
on which they were living.
No one knew better than Breed of the unreasonable and
unnatural objection of the labor element in some parts of the
States to the Chinese, and also of its far-reaching effect on
Congress. While knowing this, and of the futility of attempting to educate the masses in those parts, he felt that
the circumstances were so different away off in the tropics
that the obiections made to Chinese on the mainland would
not be applicable. It was contended by the most radical of
the leaders of the opposition to Chinese. that the sugar of
the Islands was the product of Chinese labor, and therefore
the consumption of it in the States was an encouragement to




Life inl tthe Cane Fields of Ha'waii.


157


the detested Chinaman.  The puerility of such an objection,
and a more "dog-in-the-manger" attitude, could not be assumned. To those acquainted with the innumerable attempts
to secure white labor in raising cane and the utter futility
of such attempts, the manufacture of sugar in the tropics
without the   aid  of  people  of  other  races  seem'ed
impossible.  The former objection made to such sugar
as being the product of "contract lalor" had been done away
with on the absorption of Hawaii into the Union.
When Breed had organized this immense estate, a number
of his friends had taken shares in the stock, which had yielded
them large returns on their investment, amongst whom wvas
the Commissioner whose acquaintance he had made under
such peculiar circumstances. They had kept up their friendship through correspondence, and when this climax, of dearth
of labor, was reached, the Commissioner advised himn to come
to Washington and he would be given an opplortunity to explain his views before committees of Congress, and he decided to do so. In his methodical manner he collected all
possible useful statistics, the archives of the government and
of the Planters' Association affording ample suppl)ies. To
these he added views of scenery pertaining to the sugar industry in all its stages, and also interesting slides of promiinent personages, trees, l)lants, etc., by means of which he
was enabled to explain the situation.
No story smacking of Hawaiian history could be written
without some mention being made of some of the noble men
and women of the Islands. Preeminiently amongo the chiefs
stands out the name of MIrs. BTernice Pauahi Bishop, a (latuhter of the hig-h chiefs Paki and Konia, a(nd a direct descendant of Kamehameha I. She inherited almost one-third of the
lands of the group. She mlarried a banker, the HTonorable
Charles R. Bishop, and at her decease left all of her property
to a trust, the proceeds and usufruct of it to be used for the
education of girls and boys of her race. In this she was nobly
aidlel )y her husband, who has contributed from his own
estate enormous funds to carry out her expressed desires.
Having no children of their own, they can properly be denominated the parents of the race.
Another high chiefess most worthy of note was Queen
Emma, relict of Kamehameha IV. She was a daughter of
Kekela and a great-granddaughter of Kamehameha I. The




158              The Master Planter,
Queen's Hospital in Honolulu will keep her name alive for
generations to come. From her exalted birth, education and
virtues, she will always be ranked with Pauahi. She was a
friend of Breed, and told him of her travels in Europe and
America. In describing her reception by Her Majesty Queen
Victoria, and of Her Majesty taking her by both hands and
leading her to a sofa, where they sat, he could realize two
Queens of the earth sitting together, one the Emrpress of the
world and the other the Queen of the smallest kingdom-two
ladies with great thoughts for the betterment of their respective subjects.
We have told of the destruction of so large a number of
chiefs at the time of the Hawaiian Armada on Maui, which
no doubt militated against the eventual progress of the
Islands. There were many, however, who lived in the day
of the white man who were nature's noblemen, and whose
genius and character were respected by the foreigner.




CHAPTER XXXIX
THE SILVER WEDDING OF THE BREEDS WAS CELEBRATED BY A
LUAU AND HOOKUPU OF GRAND PROPORTIONS.
BREED'S friend, the preacher of Wailuku, had a golden
wedding, the intention of the family being to have a
function of a private nature, but at the same time to
send cards to all their acquaintances as mementos of the occasion. The whole community would gladly have gotten
up a most elaborate reception, as the aged missionary and
his wife were dearly beloved by all the natives and foreigners
who had met them. He was a man whom to know was to
love, largely on account of his own loving, sympathetic nature.
It satisfied the old couple to have their whole family around
them and to make it an occasion when, probably for the last
time on earth, they could consecrate themselves to follow in
His footsteps.
It having developed that the twenty-fifth anniversary of
Breed's wedding was approaching, the managers of the several plantations comprising the estate got together and made
arrangements to give this respected couple a send-off the like
of which had never been known on the Islands. The natives
take great enojyment in a luau, and do not let the labor or
expense in getting up the preparations thwart their intentions, when occasion offers. There were quite a number of
sub-lunas on the different plantations who were natives or
half-whites. The foreign overseers decided to leave to them
the preparations for the luau, while they furnished the money
to purchase bullocks, hogs, turkeys, chickens, fish, etc.
It was arranged that there should be a hookupu-i. e., a
presentation by each guest of some gift as he or she thought
fit or had the means to do. The natives, being lovers of gymnastic sports, it was deemed advisable to make a holiday of
the occasion and to initiate horse and foot races, together
with an exhibition of the gamies they delighted in, as boxing,
wrestling, vaulting, ball-playing and other sports.




160


The Master Planter; or


The 3rd of July, the date of the silver wedding, coming on
Monday that year, the hands were all given a whole holiday
on the preceding Saturday, instead of the usual half-holiday
instituted by Breed. This gave four holidays in succession,
as it had been the custom from time immemorial on the
Islands to celebrate the Fourth of July-at least from the advent of Americans. By means of the thorough organization
established on each of the plantations and of the whole estate, it was possible to unite every man, woman and child in
any undertaking which was popular, and the various committees to whom were assigned different parts of this fiesta
did their work well, as the day proved. By means of the
telephone, rumors were circulated to the most distant valleys
of the island that every inhabitant was invited and welcome,
without money and without price, to three days' enjoymentand they came.
Natives never go to a feast without having on "a wedding
garment." This means that the women in each village, or
hui in a village, shall procure dresses that will be uniform
in color, and the men likewise cearly love to wear white
pants and red shirt or black pants and white shirt, according
as is decided in their meeting. Naturally all this required
much preparation, but each felt repaid by the effect produced.
It seems difficult to formulate a description of this great
entertainment from the uncertainty of what to begin at, as
they say of a "round robin." Probably if we commence at
the family to which center all converged it would be more apt
to catch the majority of the persons and events taking part.
On Monday morning at ten o'clock, then, we find Mr. and
Mirs. Breed surrounded by all their children and two grandchildren in the center of an immense lanai constructed on
the lawn in front of the plantation house. The old preacher
fr()im  ailuku performis the cerelmony of reuniting this happy
couple, and offers a prayer that their future may be as much
blessed as their past, both to themselves and to those whose
lives have been benefited by coming in contact with them.
Then occurred the most remarkable event or incident of the
occasion, and one that is peculiarly Hawaiian. Every man,
woman1 and child had brought something as a present, and
lines had been formed of this immense throng which pro



Life ii. thc Caulc F'iclds of Ilcvzeauii.


161


ceeded toward Mr. Breed, when each of them deposited his
makana or gift.
One of Kamiaka's fathers, who was an adept at mniaking the
feather kahilis, cloaks, and helmets used by the ancient chiefs,
had made a mahiele or helmet which hie lresented to Breed.
One in authority hald sent fromi H -Fonolulu a feather cloak.
Breed was requested to don the helmet and cloak aunl thus
as an ancient chief he stood to receive the peolple. Now came
each village or society or individual in person in a long lprocession, atil as each man, woman or child deIositet  l his
present, which was taken charge of by one of the lieutenants,
Mr. Breed shook hands with him or her, until all passed by.
The gifts consisted of every imiaginable article of flawaiian
growth or manufacture, and much from foreign lands. One
old woman brings a net of hens' eggs, another a net of
onions, still alotler a hiandI of bananas, a roll of kapa, a
fish-net, a roll of dried lauhala leaves, several cocoanuts held
together by a strip of the husk, eight men carrying a canoe
With its lpadllles, a fine NTiihau mat, a yellow feather necklace, a necklace of p)olishedl kukui nuts, an elaborate piece of
lace work mnadle fromt. threaded koa seeds, an ancient slpear,
a pair of maika stones, a pair of stone pestles antl a koa
board for pount(lingy poi, a lbaby's crib madle from  a g-reat
variety  of IL[awNaiian woods', a magnificently  polished  kou
calabash, a squealingr pig,, a turkey, a pair of chickens, a
gorotil of shell-fish, a sp~an of beautiiful horses from California, a handsome carriage, silverware innumerable. etc., etc.
From-i his Chinese friendIs came boxes of tea, cigars, silk
han(lkerchliefs an(l other emibroidered silken goods, wonderfully carved ivory ornaments, black mnarble seatedl furniture.
Probably as uniqlue as any of tle mllny presents was a
frame miadle from frondIs of the silvcrsw\\o01(1 lalait, a present
from- Mlary, the oldl ptrson of M lakaw\Tao's (lautihter, or rather
from her school. it encircled a verse, ",SCeet thour a na an (liligTent in his business, hie shall stand lec fore (kings, he shiall not
stan(l before mean, men.'' Tis vwa's highly lprizc(l by the
reci pie ut.
Ladlies from all parts of the islandIs whlio hiad enjoyed the
hospijtality of the lPreed maneion at (liIrclrent times p)replared
andl sent in work of their own halnds, knowing11 suich would
be more appreciated than lpurchasedl silver articles.




162


The Master Plalter; or


The feather cloak and helmet have been mentioned, but to
understand somewhat of the value of these articles one must
know of the labor consumed in their manufacture. Two
golden feathers are found beneath each wing of a small bird
called the oo.  These are assiduously collected until a sufficiency is obtained. The garment is woven of fine olona
thread, during which process the feathers are woven in and
the work is done in so remarkable a manner that each feather
lies in place and( as neatly as if carefully preened by the bird
itself. Such a garment has such a pecuniary value that if
reckoned as to time only it would be worth thousands of
dollars.
Whence the Hawaiians obtained the pattern for the helmet,
which is exactly similar to that seen in pictures of Alexander
the Great, it is not possible to surmise. It may be that some
of the shipwrecked Spanish navigators, shipwrecked according to tradition in the year 1527, and who spent the balance
of their lives on the Islands, may have instructed them.
It should be added that each visitor at the luau wore a
wreath of flowers-maile, lauhala, or kikania fruit-which
made the effect most pleasing.  While the hookupu was
under way a l)and of singers and musicians from Lahaina
discoursed I-awaiian airs, which added much to the zest of
the occasion.
During the hookupu the numerous stewards who had been
at work from the previous Friday, were prep)aring the grand
luau l)eneath an iminiense lanai erected for that special Ipurpose. At two o'clock the drums beat a signal for the feast,
and the assembled guests gathered into a vast audience to
enjoy a luau the like of which had not been seen in that
g'eneration, and probably the last great feast which is likely
to occur on the Islands. The lanai was one hundred feet
wide and three hundred feet long, constructed of a wooden
framework and   thatched with woven cane leaves. The
ground was covered with bulrushes from the swampy lands
near the sea. There were three spreads in lieu of tables,
running from end to end, composed of banana leaves.  At
each plate or place was set a bowl of poi, a bundle of fish, another of fowl, pig, or beef, together with shells of inamona
and salt. At intervals stood dishes loaded with H-awaiian
puddings of various kinds, interspersed with cut water



Life in the Cazei Fields of lHawaii.    163
melons. Young cocoanuts for drink, as well as mineral
waters, were suppllied to every guest.
Mr. and Mrs. Breed and their family occupied the head of
the center spread, and the foreign element linel either side
of it. The Hawaiian men and women, alternately, occupied
one spread, while the other was filled with Chinese men and
women dressed in the gorgeous colors which the Chinese
ladies love to wear. The various societies amongst the natives, in their brilliant colors, made, also, a charmintg picture.
After all were seated photogralhs were taken of the beautiful scene fromi different standpoints. These photogralhs
were afterwards framed and l)resented to Blreed as everlasting mementoes of the occasion, and were freely given to those
who wanted them to keel) as remin(lers of the Great Silver
Wedding. The old parson said grace and the feast began,
the stewards supplying every one with iced drinks and waiting on all. The musicians played many of Hawaii's sweet
airs and sang a song prepared for the day, and when all were
satisfied, the Kamelhlameha Hlymn was given as a finale.
As the edibles and their preparation have been d(escril)ed
in previous chapters, it is unnecessary to recapitulate; on this
occasion they were gotten upl in such vast quantities that there
was enough and to spare, so that each one who wislhed was enabled to carry away large bundles of foodstuffs. As to the races
and games which took place. a(nd the dance ini tle mill in the
eveninCg which was kept up into tle Fourth of July, it is unnecessary to enlarge upon them.
Suffice it, young anl old had their fill of good things and
gayety, and each on departing was the recipient from Breed
of a sumi of money as a (ldoation with whllich lhe or she could
procure a memento of this Silver Wedding. These sums of
money had been placed in envelopes by members of Breed's
family and were of all amounts, from $20 down to $1.00, and
were distributed as addressed. The luau and reunion was a
testimony to the al)lreciation which the p-eol)le had for Breed,
from  foreigners and natives alike. lTe was a great lover
of the T-aw aiians, their history, manners and customs, and
being so familiar with their langua(ge and traditions was more
of a Hawaiian than the younger element amongst them.
The recipients of all this aloha looked back to their advent
to the country and to some of the impressions they had
formed, especially their feeling that they had made a grave




164              The Master Planter. 
mistake in coming to the Islands.  Although their lives had
not been all smooth sailing, they had weathered the storms
and arrived safely in port.
The necessity of acquiring the language, and the language
itself having been so frequently spoken of, it may be of interest to add a chapter on it, as philology has been one of
the means by which the origin of the Hawaiian race has
been traced or conjectured.




CHAPTER XL
THE HAWAIIAN LANGUAGE-ITS LACK OF HARSI CONSONANTS
MAKES IT EASILY ADAPTABLE TO MUSIC.
HE language of the people of the Hawaiian Islands is a
peculiarly soft one, and as written, the vowels have the
European pronunciation. Its lack of harsh consonants,
or even sibilants, makes it very adaptable to musical expression. Evidently it has a common origin with that of the
Maoris of New Zealand, the inhabitants of Tahiti and some
other of the groups in the South Seas, although it differs
from all of them in certain radical respects.
It is said that the Maoris boast of having gone there from
Hawaii, while the traditions of the Hawaiians is that they
themselves came up from  the south.  In comparing the
nomenclature of many matters pertaining to all the Pacific
islands, we are struck with the uniformity of names, as water,
wind, fire, hand, shadow, tree, canoe, and names of parts
of islands which face the same direction of the compass. One
would say, why doubt that the Polynesians have a common
origin? If it were not for the great distances between many
of these groups and the fact that in ancient times large vessels
or those capable of traversing a stormy ocean were unknown,
the migrations of the ancients might be accounted for.
While the roots of many words in the languages of the various groups are the same, the prefixes and affixes differ,
making the sounds to differentiate.
As has been stated, many of the traditions and genealogies
of the Hawaiians were converted to music, and through the
canticle or chant more freely committed to memory. The
thoughts of the natives run to poetry, and seldom will they
engage in conversation without quoting some lines from the
ancient meles or chants, probably to better express their
ideas.
All speaking is accompanied with gesticulations and perhaps genuflexions of the body. Often the most innocent




166


The Master Planter; or


commonplace expressions are given a meaning quite the reverse
of the words by a cast of the eye, or a wink, or innuendo, or
motion of the hand or body. To say, for instance, that "you
have been a great traveler about the islands" would probably be considered a compliment by us, but it would depend
on the speaker or the one spoken to and the accompanying
look or action. It is said that many of the verses composed
and sung in the church were intentionally put before the
public for the sake of continuing the double entendre applicable to them, and in derision of the teachings of the early
missionaries.
To give an example of a comparatively innocent song,
which was very popular in its day and is known to all the
Hawaiians, a verse of it is given together with a free translation. The mele is very long and without any gesticulations
or motions is a poem, but amongst the natives the words and
motions convey extremely suggestive thoughts.      Kilauea
was the name of one of the early steamers running between
the islands and a very great favorite amongst a people who
travel as much as they do.
KILAUEA.
No Kilauea ke aloha la;
No ka mokuahi o le kaona la.
Nana i ka iue o ka moana la,
Ale kn elm o Pailolo la.
Mea ole ke loaa o Tawaii la,
T ke kue no mca ka huila la.
E aho ke hoi i ke keeina la,
I olu pono iho ikaua la.
Ko mai lukini onaona la;
O Kaleioneliu he inoa la.
In memory of Kilauea the beloved;
The steamship of the city.
Hers is the track in the ocean,
In the surging billows of Pailolo.
The trip to Hawaii is nothing,
On account of the force of her screw,
It were better to adjourn to the cabin,
Where we will be more comfortable.
Pass the fragrant cologne (gin),
In memory of Kaleionehu.
At the time of the coronation of Kalakaua. many meles
or chants were composed or brought forward from       those




Life in the Cattc Fields of Hawaii.


167


which had become obsolete, some of which were the composition of the King. To all appearances they were innocent poetry. On inquiry from some of the older of the natives their true inwardness was discovered. In fact it would
not be polite to use the printer's art preservative in attempting to give the exceedingly filthy meaning of these songos.
Suffice it to say that in the old barbaric times Phallic worship was the order of the day, and from young to old sensual
delights were the theme of all conversation, and the Tlawaiians will require several generations before they are
weaned from the love of dwelling on subjects which to us
are so repugnant.
Our hero once questioned an old native as to the meaning
of an oli or chant which he was singing, and the old man said
it was a description of a beautiful fern-clad precipice so restful
to the eye of the weary traveler, the plrotuberances of which
were covered with minute ferns. It would require a stretch
of imagination to see in this anything that was s1uggestive,
but the motions of the eyes, the gesticulations of the limbs,
and the sinuous contortions of the body spoke volumes. The
wild, weird music of the Hawaiian songs has a charm,
whether from a chorus of voices or as frequently heard from
man or woman in their travels up and down the ravines or
mountain sides. Tourists visiting the islands are captivated
with it and seek the services of the good quintette clubs
so numerous in the capital. They are unaware that many of
the novel melodies which are sung with an abandon similar
to the bacchanalian orgies of the age of Nero, are replete with the
sensual thoughts of the composers.
The love of the T-lawaiians for music is proverbial and
children at the schools readilv learn English sonys, from
"rag time" to the most solemn of our hymns. A custom has
grown up on tle Islands similar to the carol singing of Germany and England, and on the eveninc preceding any holiday many groups of singers go from door to door in the
city or country towns singing andl playing instruments. They
have been much encouraged by foreigners, who invariably
gro out and give the leader money or wine or foodstuffs, as
the case may be. They are very clever in their way, and at
a German's residence will sing "Die \VWcht am Rhein," or at
an Englishman's "God Save the Queen," or at an American's
"The Star Spangled Banner" or "Dixie," as they think will




168


The Master Planter; or


be most acceptable, after giving a number of their own pretty
airs.
The government band is largely composed of natives, and
is one of the favored institutions of the country, never failing
to get an appropriation from each legislature. It has been
under the leadership of a German sent out by the Emperor
to the King, for the past thirty years.  Having had a military
training he is a martinet for discipline, and although the natives
can not tolerate discipline as a rule, his men submit willingly,
somne of them having been in the band from his advent. He
has composed many beautiful airs for which words have been
supplied by Kalakaua, the late Queen and others of the nobility.
The band has been carried to San Francisco, where at a
great conclave of Knights its music was much appreciated.
Several of the Hawaiian quintette clubs make tours of the
T.United States, where their services are in ldemand at some of
the large hotels, and their strange music is a novelty.
A knowledge of the language is quickly acquired by the
Europeans settled on the Islands, excepting perhaps the English, many of whom have not that quick ear for discerning
slight variations in sounds of the vowels. Some rare mistakes
have been made by them, but the Hlawaiians, who are as polite as the French, refrain from laughing at errors of foreigners. For instance, an English Bishop, who wished to
show his application in studying the language, proposed to
read the commandments. "Thou shalt not steal" in native
is "mai aihue oe," but he said "mnai ai hua oe," thou shalt
not eat eggs or fruit"; and again, "lay up your treasures,"
"e waiho ko oukou waiwai," he said "e waiho ko oukou
wawae," lay up your feet. The slight distinction made all
the difference, but in a foreign congregation such readings
would at least have provoked a smile.
The native ear is exceedingly sensitive to vowel sounds.
It is more than probable that the original language of all
the Polynesians had the vowels separated by consonants,
much more so than that of the present, they having been
dropped for euphony. Ae, ai, ao, ea, ee, ei, ia, ie, io, for instance, are in some of the dialects, ake, aki, ako, eka, eke, ika,
ike, and iko.
The Tawaiians have no word expressing gratitude, no
name for son, child, aunt, uncle, and there are many other




Life in tlhe CaIc Fields of I-Hatwaii.


169


words that might be recalled for which they have no exact
expression. Child is little one, and male child is little male;
aunt and uncle come under the head of parent.
There are no swear words in the lang-uage,  a aggravated
native being merely able to make some exp)ression pertaining to
the body.
Some of their words are very quickly adopted by foreigners, the word tabu, for instance, having been assumed
into English. Residents use many of the native words in lreference to English, even in conversation amongst themselves. One
particular word is "pilikia," whose meaning is so broad that
it covers everything. Any difficulty, distress, danger, accident, row, death, breakdown to machinery, sickness, inability
to fulfill contract, entanglement, is denominated pilikia. The
polite native, instead of laughing at the foreigner, endeavors
to meet him half way, and also uses the word, although quite
capable of expressing the finest distinction between the alove
quoted expressions in the vernacular.
A (liligent study of the language by one of the earliest missionaries convincel him that it was one of the oldest languages extant, and instead of being a pigeon tongue was
very exhaustive in its vocabulary, anything being capable
of being expressed in it. One student of philology asserts
that it has many words and more root words similar to those
of the Sanscrit. Through the language and customs and type
of the people he surmised that they originated in Syria, and
from there came through Egypt, India, the East Indian
islands, from where they branched out into the Pacific, gathering in as they traveled some of the hal)its and sounds of the
races they displacel.
Much as we admire the geniality of the Hawaiians, and(
their poetic natures, it is prophesied by those who have interested themselves in a study of the race that it is (loomed
to extinction. \Where the red man mieets the white the former
succumbs, either through the (iseases acquired from the latter or from their vicious halbits, which the red man adopts so
quickly. Their language will probal)y outlive the race, having b1een adopted as a mediumn; of conversation between the
inhabitants of Asia and the Anglo-Saxons who meet in Hawaii
on common ground.




CHAPTER XL1
THlE EDUCATION OF CHILDREN IN TilE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS-AN
ORIGINAL PERPLEXING QUESTION WELL SOLVED.*_
tihe years rolled on, Breed's family increased, and he
1 and his wife began to exlperience the difficulties of
raising children in a country where educational facilities were comparatively limited. They employed a governess
and erected a little school house, to which a few of tile neighbors were allowed to sendl their children. The mother was
extremely solicitous tilat Iler children should not associate
with tile natives for several reasons. A Ipeople so lately reiloved fromi barbarism Ilaturally were too free in their languag-e, and did not hesitate to speak of matters pertailling to
tile privacies of doilestic life -xvhich are never uttered by anl
olier civilization, excejpt iperllals to tile fam-ily physician.
For tllis reason tiley wvere (lesirous tilat tile little ones should
Ilot acquire a knowvledge of tile Hlawaiianl langutage. They
were conllpelled to have s011W    iative servants, as tile men~1 in
charge of the cattle. ilorses, dairy, ilouse-yardi, etc., and it
was a continuial care to the mnother to guard her little ones
froul tile contal-lilnatincg influences whichl suirrounided tllem.
TIhe year 1910) show-s MawNaii advanced in educational work to a
point that has elicited iunstinted praidse from many promiinent visitors.
Tile public schools have k~ept miarch -with the p)eople, and no rural cornnmunitv is so small that it Ilas -no public school, so few as a. half dozen
chiildren being sometimes found in these out-lying schiool houses.  In
Ifonoluflu tare many grand public scilool bufildings that would (10 credit
to anyv city ini the Union.  The public schools- include tile Lallainaluna,
Schoo~l for boys, oin Maui (formerly a. mlssiflar'y school), and the new
(-Couchge of IIawaii, a Ibigil-grade sch;ool for bothi sexes, teachinig scientific
'igricuflture and tile Ilecllanic arts, and maintained jointly by federal and
territorial apmpropriations.
'rie private sellools, too, are numerous amnd of high grade.  Tile niost
promineilt, are the Kanmellamehia Scilools for botll boys and1 girls, Oahun
Colgre, the MAid-Pacific Illstitute (into which, is incoprtd  h  il
Illstitute for boys, amnd the Kawaialiao Semillary for girls, and departnlentsl for Koreans, Japannese and Chinese), St. Louis College, Tolani
School for boys, St. Andrew's Priory for girls, Aliiolani College for boys,
Convent of thre Sacred Heart for girls, Hilo Boys' Boarding School,
Mfaunaolu Seminary for girls, and thre Koloa Seminary for girls.  Tilere
aire also more than a few select private schools.




Life inJ the Cane Fields of Hawaii.


17I


Mlany of the missionaries had experienced this difficulty,
and had striven to prevent their children from learning the
native language. It is rarely that a native could be found
who did not delight in using expressions which had a double
entendre, and their actions and gestures in conversation were
more or less rude and suggestive. Some parents amongst the
foreign pol)ulation were not so particular in guarding their
children from these contaminations as Mrs. Breed. Hence
arose a delicate question of allowing their children the privilege of attending the little private school, which was the cause
of some bickering in the society of the neighborhood.
As the children of the missionaries had grown u1) and were
in need of a higher education than the mother could give
them, they had established a school in the vicinity of l-lonolulu, where they could be instructed in the advanced studies
and have the comforts of home and its sacred influences. This
was in 1841. This school was called Punahou, and in after
years incorporated under the name of Oahu College. lere
the missionaries endeavored to have their children instructed
until they were prel)ared to matriculate in some of the colleges in the Eastern States.
After the establishment of Oahu College the school authorities were besought to allow children of other than missionaries to participate in the advantages of the college, and
the same question arose as to the advisability of admitting
children who had not been brought up with the same care
that had surrounded those of the mission.
The missionaries were very indifferently paid, some receiving barely enough to sup)lply their material wants, yet
they struggled to supll)ort the college whiclh was so essential
to the future welfare of their children. Probably the extra
tuition fees to be received induced the management to accept
a limited number of children of residents of the Islands.
Punahou, as the alumni so (learly love to call it, was a success from its inception, and many of those who graduated
there have made their mark in the world. Our hero, although
a pedagogue in his youth, (lid not have time to devote to the
supervision of the education of his children, consequently on
Mamma's shoulders devolved this task. One after another,
as the children arrived at an age when they could be carried
no farther by the governess or tutor, they were sent to complete their education at Punahou. Breed had resolved that




172


The Mastcr Plantcr; or


no child of his should go out into the world without an education, and that each of them should have a profession or
a trade.
As they left home he gave them   good advice, amongst
which was to refrain from contracting evil habits. "I can
not foresee," said he, "the company you will be likely to associate with, nor can I forewarn you as to the insidious manner in which such habits are acquired, but I can warn you
against evil company. Should you contract irregular habits
you may remember that by controlling your thoughts these
can be overcome, and that although scarred by evil contaminations you can come back to that plane from which you
have deviated."
The parents parted with their children with deep solicitude,
but knowing that they had engrafted on their plastic minds
principles of honesty, economy, industry and virtue, they let
them go, feeling certain that their future was assured. The
mother arranged with each of them to maintain a weekly
correspondence, feeling that the contact thereby maintained
would repay her tenfold.
In after years we find some of the sons, who elected to
follow in the footsteps of their father, in charge of some of
the sub-plantations making part of the estate. Others took
degrees at Eastern colleges and in various ways made their
mark in life. Several of the children intermarried with descen(lants of the missionaries and thus their lives became interwoven with that honorable body of men and women who,
amidst great hardships had devoted their lives to the elevation of the H-awaiian. Singular to say, they, with the descendants of the missionaries, are dubbed as "missionaries,"
which in some minds is a term of reproach. Happy would
the speaker be if he had as little to reproach himself with.
On the occasion of the ordination of an English Bishop to
the See of Honolulu, he was informed that "vou are sent to
the Sandwich Islands to preach the gospel to the heathen
andl the refuse of civilization who mingle with them." Probably this term of reproach, "missionary," originated with this
"refuse of civilization," and is still used by them. A man
who pays his debts and lives a moral life can stand being
dubbed a "missionary," and many such would be proud if the
title were true.
The Principal of Oahu College forwarded to Breed one of




Life in the Calc Ficlids of Hawaii.


11-3


Iis son's comnpositions, writing that on seeing the caption
he felt inclined to censure the boy, but on reading it carefully he thought it worthy of preservation. We take lleasure
in inserting it in this history of our hero life's for the edification of our readers:
"A CIIINAMAN ANI) A MONGOOSF.
A Chinaman in charge of a floodgate in the irrigation system on one of the 1lantations was unlcrrgoinlg the operation
of havingi his head shaved at the hands of one of his colaborers. This they (lo every Sunday in this country; wvhen
they do it at home I (lo not know, as they have no Sundays in
their land. I su5jpose the Chinamen think it queer to have
to remain idle one (lay in seven. I know they are all the
better for it.
W'Vhile in the hands of the barber hie saw a mongoose run
into the roomi,, and, hreaking a-vay from the barber, he closed
the (loor with the inteution of cap~turil- the intrurtder. They
had a lively time before they succeetlel in covering it with a
bucket.  The room looked as if there had lbeen "rough house"
played in it by a well-drilled comnllanv. They were in as much
dread of the mongoose as it was of them.  Fiinally the Chinamian made friends with his captive and they became very
intimate. One day the followingr conversation took 1)lace between thein
Chiniaman-"You longT-tailed animal, what did vron otv ant
to comie in here for?"
M1ongoo0se-"Becauise T wNas huniligry."
C.-"Don't you know there is a reward offered for your
capture?"
M\.-;"Wrly hy dlo you call me long-tail? your tail is longcer
than mine.'
C.-"That is so; but miine is a b~adg(,e of servitudle, which
miy peoi~le are compelled to wear since ouir countiliry -was conquteredl 1w the 'Mauichus."
M\.- A'Mlne is a na,-tural aie -ag  l1 veryNI useful.  You
say there is a reward offered for wm capture; (10 voni not know
that the Legislatuirc, wNlhile passing the la-iw, neglected to approoriate anyv moiney to pay the rewvard"1?
C.- "'o. T did not kniow that: I thought they- were wise
men and did everything(- riht."t




1/74


7'hlc Mlastcr Plan tcr; or


M.-"Don't you know that there is a reward in the form
of a large fee, for the capture of every long-tailed Chinaman
illegally in the country?"
C.-"Yes, I know that; but I came here by invitation; how
did you come into the country?"
M.-"I was brought here by a big fat man from Jamaica,
for the purpose of killing off the rats."
C.-"_Well, why do you not stick to that line of business?"
M.-"So I did until the rats became scarce, and I found it
was easier to make a living by eating chickens and eggs, and
also the eggs and young of pheasants and other birds which
are fool enough to make their nests on the ground."
C.-"Well, they will exterminate you because you do not
confine yourself to your business."
M.-"That's what they say about you. They will deport
you, not because you do not stick to your business, but because you (lo work that other people cannot do and would
not do if they could."
C.-"Well, this is a queer country; if you tlo what you are
sent for they will deport you, and if you don't do what you
were sent for, they will exterminate you."
M.-"Yes, but even if you are willing and the work is necessary to be done, they will neither do it themselves nor let
others do it."
C.-"Then, indeed, we long-tails should be friends, as we
are both hunted (lown by the man with the gun."
M.-"It is an unpleasant situation. If they had left me
in my own country, I would have been better off."
C.-"I came here to better my condition, and now I find
I am not wanted. I think I will go back and let them till
their own land."
M.-"'That renlint s me of tle mutiny on the ship.  All
wante to be officers, and when they got into the boat to go
ashore each one sang out, 'Pull away!' but the boat did not
move, and all were likely to be dashed onto the rocks."
So the Chinaman and the MIongoose clasped tails, and
swoNre eternal friendship; but the Chinaman lived in hopes
that the Legislature would appropriate the money for the
reward, and the Mongoose lived in hope of getting into the
Chinaman's chicken cool).
GEORGE W. BREED.




Life inl the Caine Fields of Hawaii.


175


Oahu College during the past sixty years has grown very
much, and some of the older alumni cannot recognize the institution, as only one of the original buildings now      remains.
Many of its graduates have kindly remembered alma mater
and endowed it, while other parties, who appreciated its usefulness, have donated funds for the       erection   of buildings
which gradually encroach on the campus where so many of
the youth of the Islands have passed so many happy (lays.
The original site was granted by a chief, and from        the unused part of the grant much land has been sold for butilding
sites and the funds invested for an income for the institution.*
* June 25-26, 1891, Oahu College celebrated the 50th anniversary of
its founding.  On that occasion Professor W. I). Alexander, the historian, delivered an address from which the following interesting notes
are taken:
"The site which was chosen for it (Oahu College) is not without
historical associations.  It has been observed that springs-the 'eyes'
of the land, as the Hebrews called thenm-have often been the ihaunts
of the Muses, and centres of rising civilization.  And we may even
venture to hope that not even the spring of Castalia nor that of Vaucluse will, in future ages, be more illustrious than that of Punahou;
and that this last may prove to be what its name signifies, a 'new
spring' of knowledge and pure religion.
"The ancient legend concerning it was thus told to the writer by the
venerable Kalhi and his wife, Martha IPohopu, some thirty years ago.
Long ago an aged couple were living near the present spring.  It was
a time of drought and famine, when the people were obliged to search
the mountains for ti-root and wild yams for food, and to trudge to
Kamoiliili to fill their calabashes with drinking water.  The outer
spring seems to have dried up.  One niglit the old lady dreamed that
a man appeared to her, to whom she complained bitterly about lier
having to go so far for water, upon which he said:  "'Te wai no'(there is water)-and told her that beneath the stump of an old pandanus tree near by there was water.  She awoke her lhushand and toldl
him the dream, but he made light of it.  The next niglht he had a similar dream.  The apparition directed him to go to the sea land catch
some red fish, to roast them in ti-leaves, reserving a part as an offering
to the family deities, and then to pull up the old tree by the roots. Tie
awoke, and lo! it was a dream. But the impression it made on him was
so strong that, in the morning, he hastened to carry out the directions
that he had received, and when at last he pulled up the tree, water
oozed out from beneath it roots. HTe dug out the place, and thus was
formed the inner spring.  A fish-pond was formed below the spring,
and a dozen or more taro-patches irrigated from it.
"After the conquest of Oahu by Kamehameha I in 1795, he gave
Moanalua, Kapunahou and other lands to Kameeiamoku, one of the four
great chiefs who had raised him to the throne, and who had aided him




176>


The Mllastcr Planter; or


Education has been promoted        in all parts of the Islands,
andl there is no small valley where people live which does not
have its school house. In centers like Honolulu and Hilo, the
school 1uildlinlgs stand out prominently, light houses, as it
were, to show    the respect for enlightenment by both native
and foreign residents.    In early (lays the Board of Education
had the foresight to obtain patents for lands for school houses
in every district, as well as title to some lands which might
produce rentals for the support of education.        It would have
in all his wars.  The chief was notorious for having captured the little
schooner Fair American and having massacred the crew with the exception of Isaac Davis, in revenge for an outrage committed by Capt.
Metcalf, of the Eleanor, some months before.   Kameeiamoku died at
Lahaina in 1802, and his lands descended to his son Hoapili, the most
intimate friend of Kaameham eha I., who afterwards became Governor of
Maui.   Iloapili resided several years at Punahon, near the spring, and
during the Conqueror's second residence onl 0Oahu, from  1804 to 1811,
he also and his wives frequently visited this charming retreat. IToapili
gave Punahou to his danghter Liliha, who marriedC Governor Boki, and
after their return fiora England in the Blonde in 1825, they frequently
resided here.
'In Decemiber, 1829, just before starting on his fatal sandalwood expedition, B>old gave Punahou to Rev. H1. Binglharn, with the, approval of
the Quieen-Regent, Kaahumianu.
"I'n 1 831 Kahllumrnan  caused a stone wall to be built, extending from
Putnchbowl Hlll, across Punahion, nearly to MT-oiliili, in order to protect
tile cultivated lands above it from the cattle and horses grazing on the
Kulnao'kcahuna. Plain.  Part of this old wall still exists betw en. PunahoL
and Piikoi streets.  A. large rock was placed on ench side of the M~anoa
road hr Gov-ernor Kuakini, to form  a gateway, of which the smaller
rock on the Ewa side still remiains.  The larger rock on the other side,
about ten feet in height andI weighing several tons, in spite of its historical associations, was brokien in pieces,, about 1857, and used in building the wl:l enclosing the old 'lower pastue.' '1 The story of tile movingr of this rock, as told by Dr. Judd, is as follows:
'Whlln Kuilnini, alias Governor Adamis, had called Out the  )eoOPle
of this district to build ikle wall, he assigned the, section adjoining
Punaihon to the 'Milulumauni,' or body-gua,-ird of the young King, Kamehia in eha 111.  The 'hi  rock' was thlen exhum1111ed frloml) its bed (Onl the
west sitle of the road leading to anlonn  T Valley, opposite the old 'Cow
Pen ). and rolled upon a faiamc-work of slhiip's Spnl R.   Thie young King
then 'seated hiniself uplon the apex of the rock, and gave thle,Word of
command, when mckll, King aiid aill -were lifted upon the shoulders of the
lfu~lumainnus-nnerl'Ouls as anits tis ugging at a kerniel of corn-aind carried
(oW-il to its place.'
''TIme advantva  es of Ptnana  as a site for a boarding-school were ohserve(iL as early as 1831. for in that vear the Rev. Reuben Tinker, while
riding past, remarked to Tr. Baldwin, his companion, 'that, sir, is the




Life in the Calne Ficlds of Hawaii.


177


been well if the natives could have been taught English from
the beginning, on account of the facility of obtaining books
in that language, but there were not sufficient teachers. The
number of books       translated  into  the vernacular is very
limited, and the education of the native is therefore very circumscribed, although almost all can read and write, while
many of them are very fair English scholars.
site of the future college.' And long before Mr. Bingham's return to
the United States in August, 1840, he had offered the land for this purpose.
"In 1831, Mr. Bingham built the 'old house' of adobe, behind the site
of the President's house (near a clump of hau trees), where it stood for
over thirty years. To this cool and quiet retreat he often retired from
the heat and noise of the plain.
"The land lying between the taro patches and the gate was planted
with sugar cane in those days, and the famous 'bathing pond' (afterwards enlarged by Mr. Rice), was first excavated to serve as a storage
reservoir for the purpose of irrigation.
"The wall along Punahou street was built in 1836 under the direction
of Mr. E. O. Hall, assisted by Mr. H. Dimond, while the remainder of
the enclosure was completed by the natives, under Mrs. Bingham's
supervision.
"The need of a school for their children had long been felt by the
missionaries, who were themselves men of liberal education, and no
hardship of their lot was so keenly felt as the heart-breaking separation
from their children, sent away from loving homes at a tender age, to a
distant land for their education." * * *




CHAPTER XLII
RELIGION OF TIHE EARLY HAWAIIANS AND WIY TIE PEOPLE
WERE READY TO RECEIVE CHRISTIANITY-EVIDENCES
OF EARLY CIVILIZATION.
OMEWHAT has been written of the sports, the superstitions, the  language, the  innate hospitality, the
knowledge of the sciences and arts prior to the advent
of the foreigner; and it might be well to say something of
the religion or religious belief of the people. No new land
has ever been discovered wherein the aborigines did not have
some religious belief —sometimes, as in the case of the Australians, of a very low or indistinct, indefinite type. The
ilawaiians, on the contrary, were a people very much addicted
to worshiping gods, and amongst them were those to whom
were attributed powers greater than others.  Like a majority of the human race, it was easier to believe and worship
when the god or a representative of him was tangible. It may
be that the very lowest of them believed that the carved image
had power in itself to bless or blast them, but the masses did
not so believe; they worshiped the invisille through the
visille type. There was hardly a branch of domestic economy
into which the gods did not take part, or in which the aid
of a particular god was not solicited. In fishing, in hus1)an(lry, in the arts, in the household, particular incantations
were made by kahunas, soliciting the success of the undertaking. Naturally a field so replete with superstition was a
garden for the strong-minded kahunas, who worked on the
credulity of the masses, both for their own benefit and to
maintain the power of the chiefs. This, however, is merely
a repetition of what history tells us has been the case with
all the races of the world.
Am;onogst a people so circumscribed and isolated, and whose
increasing numbers threatened to overlolpulate a land as
limited as Hawaii, it was necessary to make provision for
sustaining life. The sea being replete with food fishes and




Life il the Canic Fields of Hawiatii.  179
algta, the Hawaiians blecame adeI)t fishermen, using many
means to capture the denizens of the deep.
In places on the coasts where the shallows ran far out and
in inlets of the sea, walls were 1)uilt and ponds constructed
which permitted the ingress of fish and at the same time automatically prevented the egress, large traps as it were. These
afforded lreeding places and a convenient receptacle from
which they could draw at any time. The tabu was effective
to prevent the catching of certain fish at times in the year
when they were known to spawn. They regularly fed certain fish with squash and other food to entice them to return
periodically to the same place.
Their ingenuity in making canoes and fishnets, some of the
latter of great dimensions, has been mentione(l. In makinlg
fish hooks from the limited material of bone, shell, and hard
woods they exhibited no mean skill. They studied the habits
and habitats of fish, and their skill in taking and preserving
them both by drying and salting was remarkable.
Their familiarity with the sea and its inhabitants was universal, it being rare that a native could be found who was
not an expert swimmer, many of them being able to remain
under water for a long time. They had no fear of any of its
denizens and would attack a man-eating shark with the aid
of a stick sharpened at both ends and kill it. Their knowledge of the alga. or seaweed was very extensive, many kinds
of which were edible, and others used for medicinal purp)oses.
In agriculture they excelled and were ol)servant of the seasons. They assisted nature in carrying pollen from flower
to flower and thereby plro(lucedl sul)erior species which were
assiduously cultivated. They recognized the value of a change
in liet and of places of resi(lence for recuperation.  They
would alan(lon a diet of taro, for breadfruit or for that of
sweet potatoes for the well-known effect on the system. In
fact, in so mrany hundreds of ways were they superior to what
the discoverer thought them to be, that the early Hawaiians
might be termed a civilized race.




CHAPTER XLIII
DEBASEMENT AND DECIMATION OF HAWAIIANS DUE TO WHITE
REFUSE OF CIVILIZATION WIHO PRECEDED MISSIONARIES.
W  HEN the first missionaries arrived at the Islands, they
were by no means the first white men to settle here;
in fact, there was quite a colony scattered throughout the group.
These men were almost all sailors, who had deserted from
merchant vessels, although some were from national vessels.
None of them were officers or of the educated classes. It was
often said that "when a man rounds Cape Horn he leaves
conscience behind," and this was true of nearly all of those who
settled on the Islands of the Pacific in very early days. There
were some few exceptions.
The number of these sailors was continually augmented by
arriving vessels, each of which left some behind, and generally the worst men in the crew or ones whom, the officers
were glad to be rid of.
Many of this white refuse of civilization came up from Australia, from whence they were escaped "lags," or, having
learned all the vices of the "lags," were allowed to leave for their
country's good.
Others came from Hongkong in the early trading vessels,
which was not much to boast of. The very Hawaiian word
for Chinaman is a standing monument to the licentiousness
and bestiality of that free port.
When a white man falls, he sinks deeper into crime and
licentiousness than the barbarians amongst whom he has settled. This is doubly unfortunate, as from their intelligence and
skill with tooTs they are naturally looked up to by their barbarian hosts and their example has a most pernicious influence.
They found a people who, with few exceptions, were monogamous in their home life, but they paid no respect to the
families of natives and broke into them most ruthlessly. All




Life inl the Cante Fields of Hawaii.


181


the world over primitive people make some form of intox;cating drink, and the Hawaiian was no exception. Theirs,
however, went no farther than the fermenting of starchy foods,
like sweet potatoes, taro, ti root, etc., and making a narcotic
drink from the root of awa or piper licthylsticl'um.
The runaway sailor taught them to distil these fermentations and make alcohol. The knowledge of this art quickly
spread through the group, the name of the liquor "okole-hao"
from its having been made through the use of a musket barrel
for condensing the steam, being still the name for this, now
surreptitiously made, fire-water.
It might be said that drunkenness was universal, so quickly
did the natives take to it and so widespread was its use.
Having thus debased the aborigine with alcohol, disrupted
and corrupted his family and dragged him to a lower level
than in his barbarism he had ever dreamed of, these white
men were naturally the first to resent the moral teachings of
the missionaries.
They endeavored to enlist the natives against them and on
more than one occasion personally led the lower element in
attempts to destroy the homes of and kill the missionaries. Also
by assertions and innuendo they endeavored to render nugatory their precepts and teachings.
They manufactured a word for hypocrite, "mikinari," which
was applied to those who followed the teachings of the missionaries, as the term Christian was, in derogation, applied
to the followers of Christ.
The immorality inculcated by this refuse of civilization was
extremely difficult to eradicate, and aldded tenfold to the labors
of the missionaries.
The debasement and decimation of the Iawaiian is due
almost wholly to this refuse of civilization and their progeny.
The sterling qualities of the early missionaries and the
examples of their moral lives could not be decried, however,
and the natives generally learned to love and respect them.
The sons of missionaries, with some noble exceptions, did
not follow in the footsteps of their fathers and become teachers of the gospel; but the mass of them would form a community much above the average of any of a similar size in
the United States in education and morality.
I have said elsewhere that the epithet "missionary" was an
opprobium applied by a certain class when speaking deroga



182              The Master Planitcr, 
tively of any one. The reader will now understand the origin
and meaning of the epithet, and comprehend the standing
of the speaker or one applying the term.
Later coming foreigners mingling with the progeny of the
"refuse" find the term come trippingly on the tongue, and
we even read in the writings of an alleged learned Doctor
that the "missionaries introduced gin among the Hawaiians."
It merely exhibits the character of his associates here while
learning somewhat of the history of the decimation of the
natives.




CHAPTER XLIV
LIFE IN HAWAII AND WHAT IT STANDS FOR TO PEOPLE WHO CALL
THE ISLANDS "HOME.",
SOME one has said that "the bronze statue of Kamehameha the Great, which ornaments the grounds of the
Judiciary Building, in Honolulu, is typical of a trait of
the Hawaiian people in welcoming those of other lands." To
those who call Hawaii their home and to those who have
visited the Islands there is as much truth as poetry in the
expression. Standing with his right arm extended, palm upwards, he welcomes all the world. In his left hand he holds
a spear, suggestive of protection. From the discovery of the
group, in 1778, the reputation of the natives for gentleness
and hospitality has been maintained. The unfortunate killing
of Captain Cook by the natives should not be wholly chargeable to them, as there was some "contributory negligence"
on his part that is not set down in the geographies of our
school-boy days, which not only recite part of the story, but
add to it that "his body was eaten."
One of the very ancient traditions amongst the Hawaiians
was that a Messiah, "Lono," would in due time come back to
the Islands and in grander form than that of his departure.
So that when the immense vessels (called by the natives
"moku," islands) hove in sight and an English captain arrayed in brilliant uniform stepped ashore it is not surprising
that they worshiped him, as they did. The surprise is that
he permitted it, for, having made considerable stay at New
Zealand and Tahiti, where the language is very similar to the
Hawaiian, as well as the worship of idols, he not only was
capable of talking with them, but permitted them to offer
sacrifices to him for some ulterior purpose. One must be
very clever who would sustain the reputation of being a god.
But he was not, and his death was not wholly due to the
treachery of the natives. The long stay of his vessels and the
lavish hospitality showered on him and his men by the




184


The Master Planter; or


chiefs had become very burdensome on the people, as the
foodstuffs had to be carried great distances, over the most
rugged roads in the world, to the port where his ships lay
sheltered at anchor, and it took very little to snap the cord
of reverence and friendship which existed. The Captain,
following a course he had successfully adopted in the South
Seas, unwittingly took the step and paid the penalty. In no
land are the rulers more revered than in Hawaii, and when
Captain Cook endeavored to coerce the king into going on
board his ship, intending to hold him as a hostage for the
recovery of a boat which was stolen, he was hustled and hit
with a stone, at which he groaned, thus dissipating the belief that he was a god.
When the great King, Kamehameha, came into power, he
yearned to have a "haole," (foreigner) of his own, and when
opportunity offered he cut off John Young from a visiting
crew and detained him, 1790. When he saw the anxiety of
Mr. Young to return to his own people, Kamehameha did
all in his power to assuage his grief at the separation. He
gave him a beautiful wife of high lineage, a large retinue,
some of his choicest lands, and treated him in the most hospitable manner. Fortunately the king had found a good man,
one whose counsel was wise, and in whom he placed the most
imiplicit confidence.
Whether his advice was to be kind to strangers, or more
than likely hospitality was an inherent trait in Hawaiian
character, foreigners have always been made welcome. So
it was on the arrival of the first company of American missionaries in 1820, the chiefs made them as comfortable as
their means would permit.
In preparing to write on "Life in Hawaii," the idea was
formed of showing in many ways how this admitted hospitality of the aborigines extended in society, commerce, climate, and even the very soil yielded up its wealth to the
educated. trained agriculturist from foreign lands.  And also
how the feeling engendered in the recipients of the kindness
of the natives a reciprocal feeling of love and respect for them.
As one leaves the chilly and fog-bound coast of California
bound for Hawaii he soon begins to realize a change in the
weather and the heavy wraps are laid aside. The sky assumnes a bluer tinge, the sea becomes smoother, the trade
winds waft the voyager towards his goal, and, perchance, if




Life ill the Cane Fields of Hazcwaii.    185
at the proper season of the year, the Southern Cross is seen
in the heavens. The everchanging sea has its charms, and
perhaps schools of fying fish or porpoise engage his attention, while the brilliancy of the sunrise lures him from his
couch, and the phosphorescent sea will tempt him to watching it to late hours. One morning the Islands will spring
into view, and from that time until he leaves them, be it ever so
long, life will take on new charms.
The trade winds, which blow nine months in the year, carry
moisture sufficient to furnish a mantle of green to the serrated ranges of mountains on each island. As the voyager
sails along the coast the ever-changing scenery engages his
attention. The first view which the northerner obtains of
the tropics is pleasing and lasting.  It would appear that the
shores were fringed with palms, while other rioting wealth
of verdure extends to the crests of the mountains.
If the coast of Oahu, on which  lonolulu is situated, is first
sighted, he will notice the peculiarly shaped headlands of
Mokapu, Makapuu, and Diamond lIea(l, all of them ancient
extinct craters. Rounding the latter, the city of Honolulu
springs into view, a city embowered in foliage. A few high
buildings are seen, but the inhabitants love to dwell in cottages, cottages with verandas of wide dimensions, where they
pass so much of their lives. The city's watering resort, Waikiki, with its cozy hotels, is passed as he makes his way to
the entrance to the harbor. lThen lhe sees the bronze-skinned,
laughing faces of the boatl)oys who bring the pilot on board,
and is agreeably impressed. Arrived at the wharf, he thinks
half of the city has turned out to welcome him, as the arrival
of steamers will never cease to be a novelty to the people of
Honolulu. lie finds himself bound for one of the comfortable hotels in an auto, hack or the street cars, and( except for
the tropical surroundinlgs would(l e unaware that he had left
the mainland.
The word "aloha" (welcome) is on every lip, and as he becomes better acquainted he will find that this is not superficial. While the natives, from ancient times, always welcomed the alien. they also acquiesced in their innovations
and adopted such as were pleasing.
He will rarely see a tree, shrub or vine on the lowlands
which was not introduced b)y the foreigner. While the natural
shrubbery was beautiful, still those who had circumnavigated




186


lThe iMaster Planltcr; or


the globe knew of rare and charming trees, shrubs and vines
in other parts of the tropical world and sought to introduce
them into the land they had learned to love. As a consequence
we find the macadamized roads lined with hedges of many
varieties, and rare ornamental trees and vines embellishing
well-kept grounds on every hand. By the way, this keeping
up of grounds in the tropics requires much work, as the
growth is so luxuriant that the lawns must be frequently
mowed and the falling leaves require daily removal.
In place of the thatched hut which housed the aboriginal
inhabitant, the native has adopted the frame buildings of the
foreigner. Also he has furnished it throughout with furniture and bric-a-brac from across the ocean. In adopting the
house and furniture of the alien he also largely adopted his
manner of living so far as he believed it was an improvement
on that which maintained amongst his forefathers.
The earliest writer who describes the natives speaks of the
universal custom of both sexes of wearing wreaths of flowers,
ferns or vines. In this respect they differed from the Polynesians of the South Seas, who disfigured their ears, noses
and lips by piercing themi and inserting ornaments (?) of
bone, shell or wood. This pretty custom of wreath-wearing
was reciprocally adopted by the foreigner, and those who are
to the manor born or who have lived long in the country (lo
not consider it badl taste to wear a "lei" or wreath.
There may ble some exceptions, but the courtesy and politeness of the l-awvaiians is proverbial, and their geniality is contagious. They appear to take little forethought for the rmorrow, and do not enter the race for the almighty (lollar to the
exclusion of enjoyment of the present, as is the custom of
the outside world. Who will say they are not as well off
when the silver thread breaks as they who have maintained
a continuous struggle to the last to acquire "filthy lucre?"
They are fond of -oodl clothes, the women especially always appearing well dressed. They have adopted a custom
or fashion which warranted comfort. and in this have been
largely followe(l b)y foreign ladies.*  In their manner of living
* No doubt the holoku, a dress similar to the well-known "Mother
THulbhard' of thle mainland, is here referred to. This dress, however,
is not ai invention of the Hlawaiians, but was introduced by the first
missionary "m'others,' who made the first dresses of the kind for some
of the hlawaiian women of rank, and then taught them and other HTawaiians, how to make the garment 'for themselves, and to do other needlework.




Life ilt the Catle Fields of -Hawaii.


187


they adopted a happy mediuml between the extreme punctiliousness of the alien and the crudeness of the aborigine.
Their staff of life, instead of bread, is "poi," a dish made
either from mashed taro, sweet potatoes or breadfruit, and
the old residents and foreigners born on the soil have learned
to like it.
In earlier clays society was much more mixed than at lresent, and many felicitous marriages took place between the
two races.  It would appear that in tle blending of the two
races there has been a certain reciprocity maintaining through
which they have approached each other closer than a stranger
would expect. From exlressions ma(le by them it is noticeable that others than Anglo-Saxons are not considered their
social equals. Marriages have occurred between Hlawaiians
and others than whites, but as a rule these are del)recated.
\Vhile resp)ecting the learning of the Anglo-Saxon and pJrobably his manner of living, the native has always felt himself
the social equal of any.
I have spoken of their innate hospitality and of their custom
of entertaining strangers, and must admit they have not always entertained "angels unaware,' but have 1een sadly
deceivedl.
To the visitor, the numerous races met on the streets is
always a source of interest. The native has long been outnumlered by the Japanese anl Chinese, who have supplanted
him in many walks in life. The Japanese apes the foreigner
in dress, whilst the Chinese a(lheres largely to the fashions
of Cathay. It is not an uncommon occurrence to see Orientals
using the native language as a medium of conversation. The
Chinaman is the gardener of the Islands and supplies all the
vegetables found1 in the markets, or rather which lie brings
to the door of the consumler. Also he has suppllanted the native in preparing poi. the Hlawaiian staff of life. The Japanese. on the otherhan(, has suppllanted the native in his calling
as fisherman, at which the l fawaiian was an adept. Coming
from la(nds rwhere horses were by no means common, we find
these Orientals driving and o\vning hacks and wagons and
even automobiles. The Chinese (lo all the washing for both
1whites and natives, and it is a verv cormm1on occurrence to see
them (lelivering the laundered clothes in hacks which have
probably outlived their day.
Perhaps of all nlaces of interest to the student of humanity




188


The Master Planter; or


is the public schools, out of which pour hundreds of children
of every shade of color and of many nationalities. All are
learning English, and frequently the Chinese excel on account of their intense application as students. They enter
the athletic sports together, talk English, perhaps brokenly,
and are becoming Americanized. Thoughtful tourists, seeing the wonderfully cosmopolitan population, wonder what
will be the nature of that which will maintain on the Islands
in the future. It certainly will be a blending of the occident
and orient.
\Vith one or two great exceptions the natives own very
little land and are almost all dependent on their daily earnings. The cause of this peculiarity lies in the fact that at
the time of the great division of lands in 1847-8 the common
people were awarded such small pieces as they or their
parents proved up as having been cultivated or resided on by
them. The chiefs, on the contrary, were awarded large divisions (excepting the rights or kuleanas of the common people
within the borders thereof). Most of the small pieces were
adequate for their support prior to their acquirement of artificial wants, learned from the foreigner, but afterwards almost valueless. As nearly all of the lands of the people were
taro lands or house-lots, and these were adapted to the cultivation of sugar, they were gradually sold to sugar companies and their owners reduced to plantation laborers or
have dropped into the metropolis in search of day labor.
The chiefs, unaccustomed  to providing for themselves,
gradually disposed of their lands to foreigners, and have become almost extinct. From the well-known character of the
natives it is believed that should the remaining government
lands be divided amongst them, or should each of the present
generation be granted tracts of land, another generation
would witness the foreigner in possession of those likewise.
I-lad the land been granted to them in the first instance with
a clause prohibiting  alienation, they  would  have leased
them or abandoned them on account of their inability to support them for the cause above stated. Free hospitality and
their innate generosity unfit them to compete with those of
other countries who pursue the almighty dollar to the exclusion of present enjoyment.
Although we do not find that architecture in Hawaii
reached the stage which it did in Babylon, still, in spite of




Life in the Cantc Fields of lawcaii.


189


the limited means, lack of metals, etc., their dwellings were
models of neatness and comfort. Some of their irrigating
ditches and mountain roads were laid out as skilfully as if
done by a modern civil engineer. The chiefs, having unlimited control of the people, compelled them to labor and
preserve the banks of streams so that the water might not
devastate large tracts. This was sometimes a severe tax on
the people, as the necessary stone for embankments might
be at great distances and had to be carried or passed from
hand to hand, requiring all the available labor in the district.
They had no means of breaking up rock and were compelled
to use only what was portable.
This building of embankments against the furious tropical
freshets involved frequent renewals, and only by the feudal
manner of government could it have been maintained.
After the advent of the foreigner and the chiefs lost control of the people, many of these embankments were allowed
to dilapidate and much of the anciently cultivated land was
overflowed with rocks and debris carried down by the freshets.
Signs of cultivation or residence in remote parts of the
islands, in the form of stone enclosures, either used for pens
for pigs or the walls of houses, still remrain to attest to the
dense population which once filled the land. Also embankments of water courses, now covered with alluvion and
grown over with wild vines and shrubbery, show to what extremes the native was compelled to go to conserve the lifegiving water.
It is curious that from water, the fluid which is so abundant and never resting until it finds its level, touching
alike the rich and the poor, the great and the humble, should
come the Hawaiian word for law.  It probably arose from
the commands of the chief allowing to each division of land
its proper share, either in time of flowing or in quantity.
From those early divisions, a knowledge of which was transmitted from father to son, men became imbued with a sense
of possessing rights which none could trample on with impunity, and in regard to water rights as well as in ownership of any other tangible or intangible affairs, men were
ready to defend them against the aggressor.
The innate selfishness of mankind provoked war amongst
the Hawaiians as it is doing among nations the world round.
Those internecine wars may have been useful as factors in




190              The Master Planztcr,
political economy, by reducing the superfluous population,
or causing the survival of the fittest.
By some means the ancient people arose from a very low
estate, denominated by them "po" or night, to the state of
civilization they were enjoying at the time of the advent of
the white man, and were ready to receive and appreciate the
teachings of the gospel. A more fruitful soil for the planting
of Christianity was found nowhere on the face of the globe,
and probably if it had not been that at the same time some of
the same white men planted tares which choked the growth
of the high teachings of the missionaries, the Hawaiians
would have continued to multiply, and the land would today
be filled with a race whose natural characteristics denoted
their superiority.
Hawaii, its geography, history, ethnography, philology,
botany, and manners, customs and habits of its people, affords an inexhaustible theme for the writer, and one, too,
which will have an increasing interest to readers throughout
the civilized world.




CHAPT ER XLV
METAL B3EING UNKNOWN TO THlE ANCIENT IIAWAJIANS, TIHE ART
OF WEAVING ENTERED INTO THEIR EVERY UTILITY.
THE ancient Hawaiians belonged to that class of Polynesians which may be called tajpa-ieaters in contradistinction to weavers, yet the infinitude of uses to
wNhich they applied fibrous materials must be consitiered unlder
the ieal of weaving. For some occult reason tie knovledge
of tie loom was not 1)rougllt witl tlhem in tileir Iligrations
from tie south or earlier still from India, Persia, Egypt and
Syria, whence the study of philology shows thel to have
orioinatedi. In New Zealand we find tie Iatives using the
loom for spinning tie flax of tie country, andi their tratiitions
show that tiey were (iescended frol the lawaiians. It is
more than likely that tie loom  cane il at a later (late witl
a migration from tie northwest, whici also b)rought witi it
a defined ciange il tie language of tie New Zealailders.
Weaving coxers the minor arts of p~latting, braiding and
netting, anid comllined  we will see tiey were of prime importance to a ipeoile to whom lletals were tinknowil.
TThe very home of tie -lawaiian was a comlplete conceiptioll
of tie weaving art: apart from tie posts of the iouse, wiici
were ellletbleel il tie grounll, tie wihole was woven together
witlh twisted corls of fibrous  laterials of wilici tie tropical
forest affordedl al abundance.  Tlie iplatcs (loielan) were
fastened to the posts (p)ou), tie rafters (o'a) to tie 1)lates,
almi tie b)attens (aho) to tie jIosts and rafters )y tiese saile
fibrous ilaterials.
In the ibetter iouses tie iilillg was made of (iried, sillooth
banana stalks, rushes or cane leaves woven on to tie battens
in a very neat manner. Tien tie Vork of thatclincg was begtll, \wiich consisteti in wveaVing on tle pili grass, wihici ren(ieredi tie xvhole imlpervious to tie elements. Frequently the
corners. hips and ridgye were 1)onnetedl witil tie durable
amaum.,au ferl, wilici, througti  its 1)rown color, gave an ar



192


The Master Planter; or


tistic effect to the structure. The lintels and sides of the
doors or other openings were platted to better resist the wind
and which also added to their neatness and durability.
The earthen floors were covered with mats platted from
the leaves of the hala or pandanus, which to the Hawaiians
was one of the most useful trees of the forest. Not only
were the floors covered, but piles of these mats made the
beds of both chiefs and commoners, the former frequently
using as many as sixty layers, the upper ten of which being
of the finest quality and covered with a counterpane woven
from a fine rush called makaloa. These makaloa mats were
frequently ornamented (pawehe) with an inwrought pattern
of maiden hair fern stalks. The Hawaiians were not much
given to ornamentation in matm'aking, although frequently
their crumb-cloths were platted with serrated edges.
In and about the courts of some chiefs the grounds between
the main and outhouses were at times covered with mats
made of green lauhala of the natural width.
The sails for canoes were platted from the young leaves
of the plandalnus, which were much more pliable than the
older ones.
All the labor of collecting the leaves devolved on the
women, and many good housewives kept rolls of these in store
against such time as they were wanted. The men did all the
collecting of pili grass, etc., for house building and attended
to the agricultural work and fishing.
Among the ancient Hawaiians the art of weaving was employed more in the making of domestic utensils and housefurnishings than of clothing, as the latter was made from the
felted bark of the paper-mulberry (wauke) and several other
plants and trees. The most important utensils were baskets
and containers, of which they had many forms and which
were adapted to a great variety of uses. Baskets used as containers were generally braided of lauhala and were more
closely woven than fish-traps. Tough, wiry fern growths,
or the ieie were generally used in making the latter, some of
which were of giant proportions and funnel-shaped.
The fiber of the olona was much prized by the natives and
was the material from which all their fish lines and nets
were made. Some of the latter were of mammoth size,
twenty fathoms in length by two in depth, floats of carved
wiliwili (Hawaiian cork), and sinkers of carved stone being




Life ill the Cante Fields of Hazwaii.   193
attached. The labor of makinig these involved months of a,plication. The work of spinning or twisting this fiber, which
was done by rolling or twisting it on the thiigh. devolved on
the women, and was one of the arts taught from childhood.
In an insuilar country like  -Tawaii the inhal)itants were
much dependent on the sea and its fauna and flora for a livelilool, a(nd they lecame adept fishermen.  Their baskets for
collecting the edible sea-weeds, of which they were acquainted with a great variety, wvere numerous and woven of many
materials.
I have said that lbut little use was made of the weaver's
art for the making of clothing. To this there is an exception,
as all the females wore l)a-us ma(le of woven leaves, probably an heirloom, from Mother Eve. Also the helmets and
feather cloaks of the chiefs were made by weaving the feathers
of the oo, ma-mo, and iiwi into a nettedl lase of twisted olona
fiber, forming a perfectly smooth surface. This was the acme
of the weaver's art and the infinitude of labor in collectino
the material and completingr the garment caused these articles
to be very hilghly prized. Beautiful wreaths (leis) were also
male of these b)right-colored rare feathers, and with amulets
and necklaces of shells were the sole ornaments to which the
women were addicted.
The only footwear of the TTawaiians were andlals woven
of tough grass and leaves, at the makling( of which they were
very adept. In a volcanic country, especially in the regions
of aa flows, the necessity for them was apparent. T have been
told that after horses began to multiply it was not unusnal
to see the roads over some of those flows thatched for miles
to protect their unshod feet.
Necessity is the mother of invention, and probally the absence of metals compelled the use of the plethora of fibrous
materials -which the forests afforded. Their stone axes, made
of flint or some of the better volcanic rocks, were hound to
the handles by tough cords, and there were many forms of
slings for carrying heavy weights.  An army was always
accompranied with a body of men carrying the food supplies,
which they did by means of sticks (mamaka) carried on the
shoulders. One of the objections to Captain Cook was the
great hardship his long stay at Kealakekua imposed on these
burden-bearers, who had to carry all the foodstuffs from
WVaipio and I-amakua, nearly a hundred miles, much of it
across aa flows.




CHAPTER XLVI
A BRIEF IISTORY OF TIIE SUGAR INDUSTRY OF TIIE HIAWAIIAN
ISLANDS-SUGAR CANE INDIGENOUS TO TIIE SOIL.
HE author believes that a brief history of the sugar industry on the Hawaiian Islands would be of interest to
the reader, and although he dislikes statistics, the exports are quoted, as they show at a glance the steady growth
from, zero to the immense proportions they have reached at
the present writing.
Sugar cane was indigenous to the islands, i. e., as far as
traditions reach back, it had been one of the foodstuffs cultivated. It is said to have been brought from the South Seas
with the earliest immigrations, although the natives of the
Society Islands always have said that their best cane, vaihi,
was brought from Hawaii. It is one of the grasses which
grows continuously from  the same root, tradition in one
place reciting that it had been known to grow for a hundred
years and gave promise of reproducing itself for another
hundred.
The natives were always fond of it, and attribute their
good teeth to its cleaning properties. It was one of the
herbs administered by their kahunas or doctors in certain
complaints. Long before an infant was old enough to masticate the stalk, mothers would crush it for them and feed
them from mouth to mouth.
Enough credit has not been given to the aborigines of the
islands for their knowledge of horticulture and agriculture
by writers or the early missionaries, but the first white men
who settled among them did observe that they recognized
the difference in a number of kinds of taro, sweet potatoes
and sugar canes, which to a casual observer would not be
noticed.
Of course, until the white man came with his iron vessels,
no use of sugar cane was made farther than as food and medicine. Of late years research has been made as to the earliest




Life in the Cane Fields of Hawaii.


195


foreigners who attempted to make a marketable product of the
juice of the cane.
Mir. L. L. Torbert, whllom the author knew well, read a
paper before the Royal Hawaiian Agricultural Society in
1852, in which he stated that the earliest sugar manufactured
on the islands was in 1802 by a Chinaman, on the Island of
Lanai, who came in one of the sandalwood trading vessels
and who brought with him a stone mill and boilers; but
having located at what proved to be a place indifferently supplied with water, his venture proved a failure. He returned,
taking his apparatus with him. Mr. Torbert gave as his
authority for this statement, John White, who was his fatherin-law, and who had landed on the islands in 1797, and who
attached himself to Kamiehameha I. and traveled over the
group in his retinue. The author learned the same facts from
another source, and read it also in an English magazine published in 1827.
Don Paulo Marin, who also arrived in the eighteenth century, and lived on the islands for a great many years, states
that he made sugar in Honolulu in 1819. It is recorded that
an Italian, Lavinia, made sugar in Honolulu in 1823, the
cane for which was mashed by stone pestles on koa poi
boards, the juice being boiled in copper kettles.
Antone Catalina, a Portuguese, made an excellent syrup
at Waikapu, Maui, about the same time; and a Chinaman
named lning Tai also established a sugar mill at Wailuku,
which mill, a crude stone affair, the author has often seen.
An Englishman, John Williamson, began the cultivation of
sugar on a large scale in 1825, planting 100 acres in Manoa
Valley, Oahu, but as he died in 1827, the cultivation was kept
up for but one crop thereafter.
The first establishment, however, of sugar cultivation
where the parties had ample mneans and could go into the
business systematically, was at Koloa, Kauai, which plantation was begun in 1835. Upright modern rollers, probably
home-made, were used, and the cane fed in by hand. The
juice was boiled in open pots, and the product was very indifferent.
In several places on the islands small plantations were
started with varying success; and probably the whole product
was consumed at home, as no mention is made of any being
exported until 1837.




196


The Master Planter; or


To show the mammoth proportions the industry has
reached, the annual exports are quoted:


Year           Sugar
lbs.
1837......     4,276
1838......    88,543
1839......   100,000
1.840......   360,000
1841......    60,000
1842.............
1843......  1,145,010
1844......   513,684
1845......   302,114
1846......   300,000
1847......    594,816
1848......    499,533
1849.....   653,820
1850......   750,238
1851......     21,030
1852......    699,170
1853......   642,746
1854.....    575,777
1855......   289,908
1856......    t54,805
1857......    700,556
1858.....  1,204,061
859......   1,826,620
1860......,444,271
1861......  2,562,498
1862......  3,005,603
863......   5,292,121
1864......  10,414,441
865......  15,318,497
1866......  17,729,]61
1867......  17,127,187
1868......  18,312,926
1 869......  18,302,110
870......   8,783,639
1871......  21,760,773
1872......   6,995,402
1873......  23,129,101


Molasses
gallons
2,700
11,500
75,000
31,739
6,000
64,320
27,026
19,353
16,000
1.7,928
28,978
41,235
129,432
43,742
62,030
75,769
68,372
38,304
58,842
48,486
75,181
87,512
108,613
128,259
130,445
114,413
340,436
542,819
851,795
544,994
492,839
338,311
216,662
271,291
192,105
146,459


Year           Sugar
lbs.
1874...... 24,556,611
1875......  25,080,182
1876......  26,072,429
1877......  25,575,965
1878......  38,431,458
1879...... 49,020,972
1880......  63,584,871
1881......  93,789,483
1882...... 114,177,938
1883...... 114,107,155
1884...... 142,654,923
1885...... 171,350,314
1886...... 216,223,615
1887...... 212,763,647
1888...... 235,883,346
1889...... 242,165,835
1890...... 259,789,462
1891...... 274,983,580
1.892......  2 63,36,715
1893...... 330,822,879
1894...... 306,684,993
1895..... 294,784,819
1896...... 443,569,282
1897...... 520,158,232
1898...... 444,963,036
1899..... 545,370,537
1900...... 344,531,173
1901......  690,822,132
1902...... 720,553,357
1903...... 774,825,420
1904...... 736,491,992
1905.....  832,721,637
1906..... 746,602,637
1907...... 822,014,811
1908......1,077,570,637
1909......1,022,863,927


Molasses
gallons
90,060
93,722
130,073
151,462
93,136
87,475
198,355
263,587
221,293
193,997
110,530
57,941
113,137
71,222
47,965
54,612
74,926
55,845
47,988
67,282
72,979
44,970
15,885
33,770
14,537
11,455
120
93,820
48,036
10
11,187
26,77
3,180
6,917
23
728




Life in the Cane Fields of Hawaii.


197


L'ENVOI.
BY LEVERETT I-. MESICK.
All things must come to a halt-it were well they did not
overstay their time. The hero of "The Master P'lanter" has
now little need of further chronicling here. lie has become
so firmly established in the life of Hawaii, socially and industrially, that the daily history of the Island Territory is
but a recount, in some phase, of himi and his. For decades
sugar-producing has been the industrial life-blood of the
Islands, and, while other industries have come to the fore of
late that may create "The Pineapple King," or "The Sisal
Sovereign," or "The Tobacco Plutocrat," or "The Coffee
Captain" in some of the nearby days, still the sugar cane
fields are the mainstay, directly or indirectly, of a majority
of the people here.
And still other great things are in store for Hawaii. After
many years of talk and argument and citation by keenvisioned individuals, the United States Government has become convinced that Hawaii can and must be made the most
strategic military post in the world.  And acting upon this
conviction, at this writing, fall of 1910, work is well under
way for the impregnable fortification of the Island of Oahu,
and the building at Pearl Lochs of an immense drydock and
naval works, which will be the largest plant of the kind in
the world. The Island of Oahu will be a great naval and
military base, for, besides ships of war and defensive forts,
there will ble an acclimatization station here, where many
thousands of soldiers will be seasoned for work in any part of
the tropics to which United States troops may be sent. And
then the opening of the great Panama Canal will bring Iawaii into focus as an indispensable rest and supply station
for the ever-increasing trans-Pacific travel and traffic
And now, clear reader, have you guessed who Breed, alias
"Kansas," really is? for you must be aware that the name
Breed does not occur in the Directory of the Hawaiian Islands,
much less in the list of men who have been prominent in the
development of the sugar industry. No keener, broaderminded, more honorable or helpful men have ever favored
any community than the cane planters and sugar makers and




198              The Master Planter.
their scientific aides of Hawaii. At first thought some prominent plantation manager may be selected as the hero of
this story, and again another individual, and yet another may
be suggested. And these suggestions are all correct, for the
man who did so much for the development of Hawaii is a
composite character.
FINIS.








THE UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN
GRADUATE LIBRARY
C:~'  '-~,~ DATE DUE
MAR    19 16




UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN
3    9015 02703 5123
3 9015 02703 5123


BOOK CARD
DO NOT REMOVE
A Charge will be made
if this card is mutilated


I
r!


It-, 1~1-or not returned
with the book
GRADUATE LIBRARY
THE UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN
ANN ARBOR, MICHIGAN
GL
In,
DO NOT REMOVE
OR
MUTILATE CARD




2